• National Parks
  • Tiny Houses

11 Backpacking Trips in the U.S. That Should be on Your Bucket List

Posted by Sarah Lamagna May 17, 2022 Updated December 18, 2023

Being in the wild is dope, and so is keeping it clean for future generations. If you’re hiking, camping or backpacking, you can minimize your impact on the environment with Leave No Trace principles and ensure everyone has a good time with basic trail etiquette tips. Now let’s get wild.

Forget the crowded viewpoints and roadways — experience the wonder and solitude (most of the time) of the nation’s most epic trails!

Americans have been walking across our country’s beloved public lands for decades. The Long Trail in Vermont (although not on our list below) holds the title for the oldest long-distance trek in the country — it was completed in 1930. The record for the longest hike (which, surprisingly isn’t the Long Trail) goes to two trails: American Discovery Trail and Great Western Loop, both of which are 6,800 miles each! There are also the most famous trails like Pacific Crest Trail, Continental Divide Trail, and Appalachian Mountain Trail.

These are all great treks throughout the nation but not everyone has the time, money, or even desire to do a thru-hike . Instead, most outdoor enthusiasts like the idea of finding a bit of solitude without having to log the mega miles. Because the United States is home to thousands of trails to backpack, the list below narrows down your best choices. Whether you’re looking for a quick jaunt during a long weekend or weeks-long adventure, there’s something on this list for everyone.

Best Backpacking Trips in the U.S. – Our Top Picks

As a reminder, backpacking should be taken seriously and isn’t the same as going for a long day hike. Make sure you have the proper gear (for some cheaper options, check this out ), are in shape to carry upwards of 50 pounds (depending on the length of your trip), and are well-accustomed to outdoor excursions. Regardless of if you are backpacking solo or backpacking with your kids , or with your friends, it’s always imperative to be prepared.

1. Pemigewasset Loop

franconia ridge backpacking trail

Why you should go: it traverses one of the most incredible ridgelines — Franconia Ridge.

  • Location: White Mountain National Forest, New Hampshire
  • Distance: 31 miles
  • Elevation gain: 10,000 feet
  • Recommended number of nights: 1 to 2

When most people think of epic backpacking routes, the White Mountains of New Hampshire likely don’t show up in your head. The Pemigewasset Loop (known affectionately by locals as the “Pemi Loop”), though, is one of the hardest hikes in the country with strenuous elevation gain and some of the worst weather in the country. It traverses the western half of the Pemigewasset Wilderness and climbs over eight 4Kers (mountains above 4,000’ above sea level and on the AMC’s 4000-footer list ).

You can add other peaks that are not on the AMC’s list to add a total of eleven mountain summits! Many people have done this as a brutal day trip, but it’s not recommended.

Pro Tip: stay in one of the AMC huts (either Greenleaf or Galehead ) where you won’t have to worry about trudging uphill with a tent in your bag. Plus, dinner and breakfast is included in the fee for the night.

Related Read:   8 Epic Camping Spots in White Mountain National Forest

2. Cracker Lake

cracker lake backpacking trail

Why you should go: experience Glacier National Park without the crowds.

  • Location: Glacier National Park, Montana
  • Distance: 12 miles
  • Elevation gain: 1,300 feet
  • Type: out-and-back
  • Recommended number of nights: 1

Backpack to the brilliant turquoise waters of Cracker Lake . You’ll camp at the base of Mount Siyeh whose towering cliffs rival those in Yosemite. The trail to this alpine lake is not as popular as other backpacking routes in the Glacier National Park but you shouldn’t miss out on this one.

Skip the Highline Trail and having to battle your way through the hordes of tourists that make the trek every year. Instead, enjoy a relatively moderate hike to a quieter part of the Park. Bonus: the lake has a pit toilet!

Pro tip: go during peak wildflower season. Just do it.

Related Read:   Crown Jewels: 14 Majestic Hikes in Glacier National Park

3. 100-Mile Wilderness

100-Mile Wilderness backpacking

Why you should go: get all the glory of hiking the Appalachian Trail without having to walk the full 2,180 miles.

  • Location: 100-Mile Wilderness, Maine
  • Distance: 93 miles (weirdly not 100)
  • Elevation gain: 15,000 feet
  • Type: point-to-point
  • Recommended number of nights: 7 to 10

The Appalachian Trail is hiked by hundreds of thru-hikers every year. Most argue that the hardest part is the last 100 miles before the summit of Mount Katahdin — known as the 100-Mile Wilderness. It is a true wilderness experience and one that should not be your first foray into backpacking.

The backcountry of Maine woods is unforgiving at best and deadly at worst so take heed when attempting this. But if you do decide to do this trek, it’ll bring you through some of the most spectacular and remote places in the entire country.

Pro tip: avoid hiking in early June as it happens to be black fly season and they are the literal worst.

Related Read:   14 Best Hikes in Maine for Exploring the Great Outdoors

4. Roan Highlands Section of the AT

best 1 month backpacking trips

Why you should go: considered by most thru-hikers to be the prettiest part of the Appalachian Trail.

  • Location: Pisgah National Forest, Tennessee/North Carolina
  • Distance: 22 miles
  • Elevation gain: 5,000 feet

If you’ve ever wanted to know what the undulating trails are like in the Scottish Highlands, look no further than the Roan Highlands (coincidence?) section of the Appalachian Trail.

The 22-mile trek traverses over grassy, bald summits and through the world’s largest rhododendron garden. The 360-degree views from the several summits will leave you breathless — although that might also be from the elevation gain.

Pro tip: if you go around the third week of June, the rhododendrons will be in full bloom and are spectacular.

Related Read:   10 Can’t-Miss Glamping Sites Near Great Smoky Mountains National Park

5. Greenstone Ridge Trail

Greenstone Ridge Isle Royale backpacking

Why you should go: where else can you take a seaplane to your trailhead?

  • Location: Isle Royale National Park, Michigan
  • Distance: 42 miles
  • Elevation gain: 4,000 feet
  • Recommended number of nights: 5 to 8

The Greenstone Ridge Trail allows you a glimpse into the diverse landscape of the upper Midwest. From sweeping vistas, orchid-filled bogs, wildflowers galore, and more lakes than you can count, the ecosystems are endless.

Most begin their journey at the Windigo trailhead which is accessible by boat or seaplane. You end your hike at the Hidden Lake trailhead where you can hop on ferry or charter another seaplane for your return journey.

Pro tip: grab a satellite messenger since cell reception is spotty at best.

Related Read:   Traveler’s Guide to the Best Michigan National Parks

6. Wonderland Trail

wonderland trail backpacking

Why you should go: never-ending views of Mount Rainier.

  • Location: Mount Rainier National Park, Washington
  • Distance: 93 miles
  • Elevation gain: 25,000 feet (it’s a doozy)
  • Recommended number of nights: 8 to 12

One of the most exclusive backpacking trails in the country also loops around one of the most famous volcanoes. The Wonderland Trail is a strenuous backpacking excursion that travels through a diverse array of ecosystems.

If you’re lucky enough to snag a wilderness permit to attempt the hike, you’ll be rewarded with incredible views at almost every turn. You won’t need mountaineering experience (that’s left for those wanting to summit Mount Rainier) but you should be a practice backpacker before attempting this trip.

Pro tip: have flexibility with your dates since permits for the trail are highly coveted.

Related Read:   14 Jaw Dropping Hikes in Mount Rainier National Park

7. Olympic Coast Trail – North Route

olympic coast trail backpacking

Why you should go: moody beaches but happy campers.

  • Location: Olympic National Park, Washington
  • Distance: 20 miles
  • Elevation gain: 3,000 feet

The hike from Rialto Beach north to the Ozette trailhead is more than just a walk on the beach. It’s home to some of the most rugged coastline and unforgiving weather. Don’t let that deter you from a backpacking trip. You can combine the South Route with this hike, but the North Route has the better views and landscape.

Although you’re mostly walking on the beach, there are many headlands that can only be rounded at low tide. Sometimes there are ropes to aid during non-low tide times but not always.

Pro tip: always have a tide chart on this trip to plan out when you need to take the overland/headland trails.

Related Read:   13 Outdoorsy Things to Do on the Washington Coast

8. Four Pass Loop

four pass loop colorado

Why you should go: see a side of the Maroon Bells the tourists don’t usually experience.

  • Location: Maroon Bells – Snowmass Wilderness, Colorado
  • Distance: 27 miles
  • Elevation gain: 7,800 feet
  • Recommended number of nights: 2 to 3

Coined as the most popular backpacking trip in Colorado, the Four Pass Loop traverses (you guessed it!) four passes all above 12,000’ above sea level.

If you’re coming from sea level, you might need to give yourself a few extra days ahead of time to acclimate. Once you’re satisfied with your lung capacity, enjoy the majestic maroon peaks and incredible alpine scenery on the trek!

Pro tip: do the loop in a clockwise direction as the trail up West Maroon Valley is easier to climb with a full pack.

Related Read:   5 Spectacular Backpacking Destinations in Colorado

9. Buckskin Gulch

buckskin gulch backpacking

Why you should go: probably the most iconic slot canyon ever.

  • Location: Paria Canyon – Vermillion Cliffs Wilderness, Utah
  • Distance: 21 miles
  • Elevation gain: 3,400 feet

It doesn’t get much better than Buckskin Gulch if you’re in the mood for some spectacular slot canyon hiking. The permits to get into Buckskin are highly competitive, but that also means you’ll have solitude for your trip. For those lucky enough to grab one, you’ll be hiking in one of the longest (if not the longest) continuous slot canyon in the entire world.

Flash floods are a real concern here, as with any slot canyon hiking. Make sure to always check the weather for the surrounding areas. If there is even the slightest chance of rain, do not attempt this hike. Avoid hiking during the summer months as monsoon season occurs during this time and the slots can be dangerously hot.

If you can’t snag one of the permits, you can always head to Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument and try one of these hikes .

Pro tip: there is only one escape route once you reach Buckskin Gulch and is aptly-named the Middle-Out Escape Route.

Related Read:   The 20 Best Backpacking Trips In Utah

10. Cirque of the Towers

Cirque of the Towers backpacking

Why you should go: easily accessible and no permits are required.

  • Location: Wind River Mountain Range, Wyoming
  • Distance: 24 miles

You won’t find much solitude on the Fremont Trail to Cirque of the Towers . Due to its accessible trailhead and absolute stunning scenery, it’s a popular trail. However, Wyoming has got some big sky so even if you have company on the trail, you’ll be spread out. Most go in a clockwise direction as that will leave the best views for last.

You’ll pass through alpine meadows, around the edge of nine lakes on the path ,and over two mountain passes (one of which is named Jackass Pass). The first views of the Cirque begin when you hit Texas Pass and they just get better from there.

Pro tip: go as late in the summer as possible to avoid the atrocious amounts of mosquitos on the trail. Or bring a bug net otherwise.

Related Read:   8 Gorgeous Backpacking Trails In The Wind River Range

11. Sawtooth Wilderness Loop

sawtooth wilderness loop backpacking

Why you should go: it’s as remote as you get in Idaho so way less people.

  • Location: Sawtooth Wilderness Area, Idaho
  • Distance: 70 miles
  • Elevation gain: 12,500 feet
  • Recommended number of nights: 4 to 6

Basically jumping from lake to lake, the Sawtooth Wilderness Loop brings you on an epic journey through one of the most underestimated states. Idaho is usually passed over for the more epic Rocky Mountains or the Pacific Northwest. But you’d be wrong to turn a blind eye to this incredible wilderness area.

The trail navigates through dense forest, alpine lakes, and even some burn areas. Downed logs are fairly common across the trail since trail crews don’t get back into this remote area as much as more popular areas. Nothing is too hard to overcome, though. Just come with some sturdy pants and a good attitude and you’ll be all set.

Pro tip: it’s imperative to bring a bear-resistant canister (or hang your food) and bear spray as this is prime grizzly bear habitat.

More Backpacking Inspiration

10 Best Backpacking Trips in Grand Canyon National Park

12 Epic Hiking Camps & Summer Backpacking Trips

Sunshine & Solitude: Best Backpacking Routes in Big Bend

10 Killer Backpacking Trails in Yosemite National Park

5 Incredible Backpacking Excursions in Zion National Park

Get epic travel ideas delivered to your inbox with Weekend Wanderer, our newsletter inspiring more than 10,000 readers every week.

Seen in: Backpacking , Destinations

Sarah Lamagna avatar

Posted by Sarah Lamagna

Sarah is an ecologist-turned-freelance writer specializing in the ecotourism and slow/sustainable travel industry. Her bylines include The Denver Post, 5280 magazine, VeryWellFamily, Matador Network, and was an expert on NPR’s The Takeaway for her work on the wildfires in Colorado.

best backpacking in joshua tree natl park

6 Phenomenal Backpacking Trails in Joshua Tree National Park

Find your next adventure.

Sign up for Weekend Wanderer and join thousands of readers getting epic travel ideas weekly.

Related Posts

trail weight vs packed weight

Trail Weight vs Packed Weight: The Differences Explained

Tent manufacturers often list multiple weight points to highlight the versatility of their products, especially when the tent is marketed as a lightweight or ultralight tent.

best hikes big bear lake

The 11 Best Hikes Near Big Bear Lake, California

Looking for a high mountain oasis without the long drive to Mammoth? Look no further than Big Bear Lake.

best hikes crater lake national park or

The 17 Best Hikes in Crater Lake National Park, Oregon

Crater Lake is a mythical place, a real place, described in poetry and legend.

Oregon Coast Trail Hiking Guide

Oregon Coast Trail Thru-Hiking Guide

Hiking the Oregon Coast Trail is like navigating through an eternal conflict between the forces of chaos and serenity. Those who hike it will find secrets few get to witness such as hidden caves and tide pools teeming with colorful sea life.

Katherine hikes to the Flagstaff Hut via the Flagstaff Trail with her friends and family

A Hiker’s Guide to the Maine Huts and Trails

Experience the beauty of Maine by exploring its many trails and stay the night in one of Maine's excellent trail huts.

nude hiking

Nude Hiking: How to (Legally) Celebrate Naked Hiking Day

Hiking is fun. Being naked is sometimes fun. Here's how to make 'em work together.

Best Islands in Texas

The 6 Best Islands in Texas for an Unforgettable Vacation

A memorable island getaway awaits you in the Lone Star State.

Scenic Drives in New Mexico

7 Awesome Scenic Drives in New Mexico

From the staggering expanse of White Sands National Park to the “Green Chile Capital of the World," New Mexico is home to a land of sweeping vistas and culturally diverse towns.

The expert's ultimate backpacking bucket list

Jan 7, 2020 • 5 min read

Gabby Beckford is an expert backpacker

Gabby shares her expert tips from many years of backpacking © Gabby Beckford / Lonely Planet

Backpacking is an exciting, budget-friendly way to travel that allows you to connect with local communities and the world around you. And the best part about backpacking is it’s the most diverse way to travel! Warm or cold climates, islands or mountain tops, solo or part of a group; here are Gabby Beckford of Packs Light ’s best destinations and experiences to tick off your backpacking bucket list.

Backpacker Gabby takes a selfie on her first day of the trip backpacking the Landmannalaugar trail in Iceland in 2013

Live the legend at Tiger Leaping Gorge, China

This hike will suit those starting out or looking for a more relaxed adventure. In Tiger Leaping Gorge you’ll walk along the famous Jinsha River for roughly 10 miles. One of the deepest river canyons in the world, this trail attained its name in typical Chinese-folklore fashion: legend says that a tiger was being chased by a hunter when it escaped by making a daring leap across the 30m wide river.

Be slightly haunted by a shared accommodation experience

Hostel/shared accommodation life is standard on long-haul backpacking trips. It’s practically an initiation rite to stay in a dorm and see something you can never unsee. Ask me about the guy in Georgia who drunkenly brought a stray cat into the room in the middle of the night to sleep in his bunk…

A young woman stands at the top of Mount Abraham, along the Appalachian Trail in Maine's western mountains on an overcast day

Appalachian Trail, USA

Passing through my home state of Virginia , the Appalachian Trail hosts some of the most beautiful autumn colours you will ever see. The entire trail takes around five to seven months to complete so this isn’t a simple walk in the park – but it could include a pass through Shenandoah National Park , as well as 13 other states, Civil War battlefields, interesting rock formations like McAfee Knob , and many small mountain towns.

You might also like: How to pack like a pro for a backpacking trip

Everest Base Camp, Nepal

Climbing Mt Everest in the Himalayas is a dream of most avid outdoor adventurists. A much more affordable, attainable, and safe option is to hike to Everest Base Camp , which can be reached from both Tibet and Nepal . The 5000ft ascent hosts incredible views and the opportunity to experience Sherpa culture via experienced guides.

Make instant best friends with a fellow backpacker

You know how it is. You stop to rest and someone else is already there. You get to chatting and next thing you know you’re laughing and sharing trail snacks like you were best friends in the third grade. You both know it’s temporary, as short as that snack session, but there’s no denying the energy! That ability to instantly connect is one of the best aspects of backpacking.

A view of of the colourful, cluttered houses on the Cinque Terre backpacking trail at Manarola

Cinque Terre, Italy

You’ve likely seen these colourful stacked buildings everywhere from Instagram to magazines. The coastal villages are connected by a network of trails worth exploring, the most popular of which is the Sentiero Azzurro . Some may come to Cinque Terre for the photos and Aperol spritzes, but those who take the time to backpack the trails have a special experience of ‘The Five Lands’.

The Avenue of Volcanoes, Ecuador

At the Avenue of Volcanoes in Quito you’ll experience the turquoise-green waters of Lake Quilotoa , the hardened lava from the chain of volcanoes linking Chimborazo to Cotopaxi . With all of the beautiful natural landmarks you’ll encounter, the friendly locals will be the cherry on top of your backpacking experience. 

Collect money from every country you visit

Magnets are a cliché, clothes take up too much space, and postcards get crumpled. Money is an effortless (often accidental) trip reminder to keep hold of that has historical, cultural and monetary value from the respective country. And, of course, it can simply be fun to compare the different art and colours between each country’s currency!

Plevenon, Bretagne, France. A family hiking along part of the GR-20 trail through purple heath meadows on the Atlantic Coast

GR-20, France

Corsica , France is the ideal location for those wanting a classic romp through the French countryside. GR is shorthand for Grand Randonnee , meaning ‘great trek’ – this trail isn’t afraid to toot its French horn. GR-20 ’s 112-mile hike is not for beginners, but rewards those who scale the 7300ft elevation with snowy peaks, vast craters, lakes, and forests.

Simien Mountains, Ethiopia

This underrated 83-mile trek takes travellers through Ethiopia’s Simien Mountains National Park , a Unesco World Heritage site. Plan to spend around 10 days soaking in the diverse landscape with a local guide and, if you’re lucky, see a few primates in their native habitat.

Forget something extremely important

Oh, you’ve just set out on a three-week backpacking trip and realised you’ve forgotten to pack socks? Or toilet paper? It’s inevitable – just sigh and take it on the chin. By the end of your trip, you’re guaranteed to be more resourceful than when you set out.

A photo of a hiking trail knows as Path of the Gods in Italy. Terracotta roofs are just about visible on the side of a forested mountain.

Path of the Gods, Italy

From personal experience, I can tell you that Path of the Gods has earned its name. Sentiero degli Dei will make you feel that you’re walking on Mt Olympus from ancient Roman mythology. Walking through fields of cairns left by fellow trekkers (please don’t participate in this, it disturbs the environment!), past walls of bougainvillea, lemon trees, and a few stray goats and cats. Maybe it was the altitude, but I swore I could hear Nessun Dorma playing in the breeze.

Overland Track, Tasmania

Cradle Mountain to Lake St Clair, this six-day-ish path is one of the best in Australia . Looking to extend your backpacking trip? The Overland Track has multiple side trips to explore and stay overnight in huts. 

Experience summer in Laugavegur, Iceland

This trail was my first backpacking experience! For my fellow newbie trail chasers, it’s best to tackle the Laugavegur Trail in the summertime. Despite its name, Iceland has an impressively varied landscape that time of year. I went in August and recall ice fields, glacial paths, geothermal pools, obsidian rock piles, mossy hillsides, thick brush, and of course, the occasional sheep.

Man Walking on Boardwalk through Forest, West Coast Trail, British Columbia, Canada

The West Coast Trail, Canada

One of the more difficult trails in Canada , the West Coast Trail will take you through 75km of rainforest, beaches, mud, rivers, and up more than 100 ladders. Expect to take five to seven days to finish this trek around the southwestern edge of Vancouver Island . The work is worth the views – and bragging rights!

Almost reach your breaking point

You’ll know you’ve had a successful career of backpacking if you’ve come close to or actually quit a trip completely. Maybe an illness hit you out of nowhere, or maybe you bit off more than you could chew as you were trudging completely soaked in 30°C weather with 15 more miles to go that day. It’s all a necessary part of the journey, and those stories end up being just as fun to tell as the successes later on.

Explore related stories

A couple sitting on blanket in park in autumn and throwing leaves up in the air

Sep 9, 2024 • 5 min read

Want to know where to go to see fall in all its finery? Here are the top leaf-peeping spots in the US for 2024.

A trekker on the approach to Everest Base Camp, Nepal

Sep 7, 2024 • 9 min read

Villa dell'Amore path in Cinque Terre, Italy

Aug 9, 2024 • 7 min read

best 1 month backpacking trips

Jul 15, 2024 • 7 min read

best 1 month backpacking trips

Jul 3, 2024 • 10 min read

Woman walking in the mountains in Ecuador

Jun 10, 2024 • 8 min read

best 1 month backpacking trips

Jun 3, 2024 • 8 min read

1459516174

May 7, 2024 • 7 min read

best 1 month backpacking trips

Apr 15, 2024 • 11 min read

best 1 month backpacking trips

Mar 14, 2024 • 16 min read

MyFunkyTravel

MyFunkyTravel

Backpacking | Budget Travel | Living Abroad

Backpacking Routes around the World

backpacking routes

33 different backpacking routes around the world featuring fantastic travel itineraries in Europe, Asia, Oceania, Africa and the Americas. You’ll find examples of popular and well trodden routes such as the “banana pancake trail” in Southeast Asia and “gringo trail” in Latin America, but there’s also plenty of more off the beaten track ideas which should serve up some inspiration for your next trip.

In all cases, they are only designed to be a rough guide or starting point that can be easily tailored to your own interests and time or money restrictions.

Backpacking Routes around the World – Where to explore in 2024!

We have four main regional routes, one for each of the four best known regions when it comes to backpacking and shoestring travel. These key routes may be best for first-time travellers or anyone looking for a big trip across one region.

You could also potentially combine some of these itineraries if you are trying to figure out how to plan a round-the-world trip.

Popular Backpacking Routes

If you are looking for something a bit smaller or just a bit of inspiration for your next travel adventure, there are plenty of other options. Below you can see a selection of backpacking itineraries in individual or neighbouring countries.

Scroll down the page to find suggested time-frames and a shoestring budget for each of these routes.

Note these budgets exclude the cost of travel insurance and are geared towards backpackers willing to stay in shared dorms whilst watching what they spend. Exact costs may vary wildly according to your own travel style and habits though and you may want to budget more for some of our older itineraries to account for rising costs in recent years in a lot of countries.

All our other Independent Travel Itineraries

Europe backpacking routes, interrailing around central europe.

Time – 3-4 weeks | Budget – US$1450 + Railpass (cost depends on nationality/age)

Nowhere else in the world is so much history, culture and variety packed into such a small area. Just a few hours on a train can transfer you from one great European capital to another as languages and customs change on an almost daily basis. Perfect for anyone looking to go backpacking for a month or a bit less.

Spain & Portugal

Time – 6 weeks | Budget – US$2200-2750

San Sebastian beach

Take a trip around Iberia’s best cities, towns and beaches. Spending a summer in Spain and Portugal is certainly up there with the best backpacking routes in Europe.

Two Months in the Balkans

Time – 2 months | Budget – US$1800-2400

Backpacking route for Montenegro

The Balkans is a relatively under-visited part of Europe but it makes for a great budget travel destination. Explore medieval towns, mountains, lakes and beautiful coastlines as you take in six countries in two months.

Baltic Backpacking Itinerary

Time – 2-3 weeks | Budget – US$800

Take a trip around the chilly Baltic Sea region and visit some of Europe’s most beautiful cities including Tallinn and Vilnius.

Scandinavia Backpacking Route

Time – 3 to 5 weeks | Budget – US$2300-2850

Featuring some of the main travel highlights in Denmark, Norway and Sweden, our compact travel itinerary explores the best Scandinavia has to offer and also suggests some tips for trying to get by on a shoestring budget in an expensive part of the world.

South Caucasus Travel Itineraries

Time – 3 weeks | Budget – US$650

Get firmly off the beaten track and explore the natural wonders and quirky mix of old and new in Armenia, Georgia and Azerbaijan.

Island Hopping in Greece

Time – 4 Weeks | Budget – US$1450

Best islands in Greece

Explore Athens and around before hopping over to some of the very best Greek islands with this 4 week itinerary. Amble around ancient ruins, sip Ouzo on a cobbled patio and stuff your face full of Dolmades and Moussaka in a country packed with history and gorgeous scenery.

3 Week UK Itinerary

Time – 3 Weeks | Budget – US$1200

Taking in England, Scotland and Wales, our backpacking route from London to Edinburgh takes in historic towns and cities and the best of Britain’s countryside.

Hungary, Bulgaria & Romania Backpacking Itinerary

Featuring historic cities, Transylvanian castles, coastal resorts and mountain retreats, get off the beaten path in Europe with our backpacking route for Hungary, Bulgaria and Romania.

Oceania Backpacking Routes

Big australia travel itinerary.

Time – 2-3 months | Budget – US$6000

Our Oz route features an exploration of the largest island on the planet which ranks up there with the very best backpacking trips . We visit the cities, beaches, rainforests and locate the best parties in one of the world’s easiest and most popular countries to travel in with a lively backpacker scene.

5 Weeks Exploring New Zealand

Time – 5 weeks | Budget – US$2000

Starting in Christchurch, loop around the South Island for some of New Zealand’s best wildlife, camping, glaciers, and adventure junkie destinations. The route then heads to North Island, home of indigenous culture, natural wonders and the famous filming locations from the Lord of the Rings films.

Asia Backpacking Routes

Southeast asia backpacking route.

Time – 3-4 months | Budget – US$3000

The most famous of the major backpacking regions and it seems to get more popular every year. From visiting ancient temples to chilling out on stunning Thai Islands, everyone can find their scene here. That said a big draw for many backpackers was the crazy party culture including the infamous full moon parties which may come alive again as we head deeper into the 2020’s after a quiet few years.

2 Months Travelling Around India

Time – 2 months | Budget – US$1200

India is one of the most intoxicating countries to travel in and this is one of Asia’s best backpacking routes . Culture shock awaits on every corner and for better or worse, it’s an experience you won’t forget in a hurry.

Ultimate Thailand Backpacker Route

Time – 2 months | Budget – US$1500-2500

Take in all the best that the ever popular backpacker destination that is Thailand has to offer. The best beaches, party destinations and islands as well as the cultural highlights of the North.

Time – 3-4 weeks | Budget – US$650

Looking for the traditional Southeast Asia then look no further than Myanmar (Burma), home to some of the world’s most beautiful Buddhist temples and palaces. Travellers started to come here in bigger numbers during the 2010’s but ethical concerns about the Burmese regime have returned in recent years leading to a fresh drop.

Vietnam’s Reunification Express

Time – 3 weeks | Budget – US$550

Take a ride on the famous train line that reunited a country and trundles its way down from Hanoi in the North to Saigon in the South taking in the best of Vietnam as you go.

Island Hopping in Indonesia

Time – 5-6 weeks | Budget – US$1100

Looking for more than a standard trip around Southeast Asia? Indonesia offers up limitless opportunities for adventure without, for the most part, the crowds you find on the backpacker trail elsewhere in the region.

Laos Backpacking Route

Time – 15-30 days | Budget – US$600-800

The shortest of our Southeast Asia backpacking routes, it could be condensed into a 2 week trip should you have less time , particularly with fast trains now cutting travel times in Laos.

Philippines 4 Week Itinerary

Time – 4 Weeks | Budget – $900

Our backpacking route for the Philippines explores some of the world’s best scuba-diving locations. Featuring the best of Palawan and the Central Visayas, you will discover just how beautiful this country is.

Taiwan Itinerary

Time – 2-3 Weeks | Budget – $700

Taiwan is small, budget-friendly and boasts great transport links. It’s built for independent travel and more backpackers are starting to realise that!

Japan by Rail

Time – 2-3 Weeks | Budget – $1400

Explore the land of the rising sun by bullet train as you whizz around Japan in two to three weeks taking in all the most popular destinations including Tokyo, Kyoto and Hiroshima.

Cambodia Backpacking Route

Time – 3 Weeks | Budget – $500

A nation of great contrasts, with incredible ancient ruins and unspoiled islands as well as extreme poverty and tales of recent horrors. Our itinerary covers the best Cambodia has to offer in the space of just a few weeks.

Sri Lanka for Backpackers

Time – 3 Weeks | Budget – $450

One of the world’s emerging backpacker and indeed travel destinations, Sri Lanka is a very affordable country with loads to see and do and an extensive train network perfect for anyone seeking a new adventure.

Mainland Malaysia Itinerary

Time – 3 Weeks | Budget – $600

From culture in Kuala Lumpur and Penang to wild rainforests and island retreats, Malaysia is another great Southeast Asian destination with a manageable size and relatively low costs.

South America Backpacking Routes

Full south america backpacking route.

Time – 5-6 months | Budget – US$6000

South America is an exhilarating continent to visit and has long been a favourite destination for backpackers. From the beaches of Brazil to adventures in the Andes, there is something for all tastes in this part of the world and this is our longest itinerary which could take up to half a year! 

2 Months in Brazil

Time – 2 months | Budget – US$3000

Explore fantastic coastal cities, glorious beaches, waterfalls, giant areas of diverse nature and take in the biggest carnivals on the planet before venturing into the Amazon to round off your Brazilian adventure.

Backpacking Route for Patagonia

Time – 5-6 weeks | Budget – US$2000

Explore the weird wilderness of South America’s far south here as you head towards the end of the world. Hop in and out of Chile and Argentina to experience glaciers, volcanoes, stunning hikes, beautiful lakes and wonderful wildlife. Nature lovers look no further!

Backpacking Itineraries for Central America & North America

Central america itinerary.

Time – 2 months | Budget – US$1800

This is the land of chicken buses, explosive volcanoes, cloud forests, ancient ruins and so much more. Central America never lacks for colourful surprises and at times can be completely bonkers. It is a small region so it is much easier to visit several countries in a short space of time, although travel can still be slow.

Panama Itinerary

Time – 2 weeks | Budget – US$500

Short but sweet, this two week Panama itinerary takes in jungle hikes, Caribbean islands and one of the region’s best cities. Start in Bocas del Toro and end up in the wonderful San Blas Islands.

Mexico Route

Time – 5 weeks | Budget – US$1100-1700

With Maya ruins, mountain towns and mighty waves, there’s plenty of fun to be had on our Mexico backpacking route. Taking a little over a month, it’d make for a great summer break and offers a nice balance with a dose of culture and history as well as plenty of time to relax and enjoy the odd lively Mexican night out.

Jamaica on a Budget

Time – 2 Weeks | Budget – US$600

Short but sweet, our two week Jamaica itinerary takes in the best that the Caribbean island of Jamaica has to offer. Learn about the life and times of Bob Marley and the reggae music he pioneered in Kingston. Explore some of the island’s natural wonders in the Blue Mountains and Ocho Rios areas before chilling out on the long beach in Negril at the end of the trip.

2 Week California Itinerary

Time – 2 Weeks | Budget – US$1000

Possibly the most famous state in the USA, California is home to a little bit of everything with vibrant cities, stunning coastlines, giant national parks, mountainous regions, massive forests and even a desert. This ambitious two week itinerary tries to squeeze as much in as possible and features iconic destinations such as San Francisco, Los Angeles and Yosemite National Park.

Africa Backpacking Routes

Morocco itinerary.

On the doorstep of Europe, Morocco is easily accessible and boasts one of Africa’s best rail networks. It’s also very cheap and full of fascinating places to visit so it makes for a great travel destination. From maze-like souks to the wonders of the Sahara, Morocco is full of mystery and intrigue.

Extend your Backpacking Trips

While travelling is affordable in many of the regions detailed above, a big backpacking trip is still going to require some significant savings, even in the cheapest parts of the world. There are various tips and tricks that will help you cut your travel costs, but your best bet for lengthening your time abroad will most likely be to find short-term work as you travel or some form of work exchange.

As well as saving you money, a work exchange can prove to be one of the most rewarding parts of a backpacking trip. It can offer you the chance to really get to know local people and learn about their way of life rather than just passing through towns and moving on every few days.

You can sometimes find such opportunities as you travel. However, some advanced planning may help. Sign up to Worldpackers using our $10 discount code to apply for placements in 170 countries around the world.

You are using an outdated browser. Please upgrade your browser or activate Google Chrome Frame to improve your experience.

trip owl logo

  • Trip Styles
  • Destinations

15 Best Beginner Backpacking Trips in the U.S.

  • All Inspiration and Destinations
  • Canadian Rockies
  • New Hampshire
  • New Zealand
  • North Carolina
  • Vancouver Island
  • Washington State

backpacking

If you’re new to backpacking, you may have a lot of questions , like what to pack , what to eat , and — most excitingly — where to go. In the US, you have dozens of beginner backpacking trips at your fingertips. Whether you want to plan an epic hiking vacation to your favorite national park or you want to hit the trails closer to home, you’ll have options.

When planning your first backpacking trip, you can either, 1) choose a trip within your comfort zone and go with family, friends, or a partner or 2) join a guided trip so you can learn new skills, develop friendships, and take on a more difficult challenge. Some people try to fit too much into their first backcountry trip and end up ditching the pack for good after their adventure is over. Or, they don’t set their sights high enough and end up underwhelmed, wondering why anyone would willingly lug 30 pounds of gear into the backcountry.

We know that if you’re backpacking, you want to escape the crowds, take in stunning views, and put in some effort. So, we want to help you plan a trip that will make you fall in love with the sport so that every time you dust off your backpack, a smile spreads across your face.  If you’re looking for inspiration for your first backpacking trip (or your second, third, or seventieth), we’ve compiled a list of 15 beginner-friendly backpacking trips and trails across the United States that will immerse you in wild environments and challenge you just the right amount.

Explore Your World with Award Winning Guides

how to choose an appropriate trail

While each new backpacker is entering into the sport with a different set of skills and fitness levels, we’ve crafted a list of trips with all beginner backpackers in mind. These trips fit a few criteria:

  • You’ll hike relatively low-mileage for the length of the trip.
  • The trails don’t have extreme elevation gain for the region.
  • They travel on well-maintained trails and avoid tricky terrain like boulder fields. 
  • You’ll get a lot of bang for your buck, whether in the form of peaks, alpine lakes, or lush meadows.

However, backpacking is never easy (or else we’d never do it!) — so,  if you want to maximize your fun, be sure to train for your backpacking trip .

1. Point of Arches, Olympic National Park

best 1 month backpacking trips

Mileage: 8 miles out-and-back  | Length: 2 – 3 days | Elevation Gain/Loss: 200 feet

Point of Arches is a perfect beginner backpacking destination on the edge of Olympic National Park, accessed via the Makah Reservation. You can hike this trail as an overnight, but if you have a third day to spare, you won’t be disappointed by the abundance of tidepools to explore and wildlife to observe. The sea-stack studded coastline is complemented by lush forests, which are home to banana slugs, Roosevelt elk, and black bears. Each night, as the sun sets over the Pacific Ocean and you fall asleep to the sound of crashing waves, you’ll start scheming up your next trip.

Why is it great for a beginner?

This relatively-flat trail gives you quick access to a stunning beach environment, without much hard hiking or elevation gain. In fact, we offer this as a family-friendly trip option. You’ll get the pay-off of a bigger backpacking trip, but without all the work. So, pack a chair and relax on the beach as seals play in the coastal waters and eagles fly along the bluffs hunting for fish.

Unlike many beach destinations, the campsite near Point of Arches sits along a creek, so you don’t have to pack in water for your whole trip — just a water filtration device.

logistics and permits

You’ll need to secure two permits to make this trip a reality. First, you’ll need to pick up a Makah Recreation Pass ; it costs $10 and is good for an entire year. You can get one in Neah Bay at the marina, the general store, the mini-mart, and the tribal center, among other areas. Also, as this trail enters into Olympic National Park, you will need a Wilderness Camping Permit for any overnight stays in the park. Make sure you reserve this in advance. However, if you join a guided trip, we take care of all permits and reservations for you!

As of February 2021, this trail is closed due to COVID-19, as are many of the coastal areas of the park because they are on tribal lands. If you’re looking for an alternate route in Olympic National Park, the Seven Lakes Basin backpacking loop is a great — yet more difficult — alternative.

Guided Trip Options

Wildland Trekking offers this trip as a guided backpacking adventure package with expert guides, gear, meals, transportation and more all included! Click here to learn more!

2. Shining Rock Wilderness, North Carolina

shining rock wilderness

Mileage: 22 miles roundtrip | Length: 4 days | Elevation Gain/Loss: 2,300 feet with backpacking packs (plus 1,700 ft with a day pack)

The Shining Rock Wilderness in the Blue Ridge Mountains of North Carolina is one of the most spectacular East Coast backpacking destinations. The name comes from a unique geologic outcropping of quartzite rock that guards the summit of Shining Rock. Not only will these rocks dazzle you with their beauty, but they also provide a great perch to look out across the sweeping views of the surrounding peaks. On your trek, you’ll hike past cascading waterfalls and swimming holes that are perfect for a dip in the right season.

Relatively short-mileage days lead to exciting destinations. And while many beginner-friendly backpacking trails are packed with crowds, you can find mountain solitude in the Shining Rock Wilderness. Plus, a two-night backcountry basecamp lowers the number of miles you need to hike with a full pack. One of the hardest parts of backpacking is fine-tuning your pack packing routine, so you’ll appreciate the layover day when you get to leave your tent set up.

You don’t need to obtain a permit to backpack in Pisgah National Forest. However, due to the prevalence of black bears in the area, you must carry all your food and scented items in bear canisters .

This trail is in a wilderness area , so as with all backpacking trips, please leave no trace and minimize signs of human impact. We recommend first hiking in this area with a guiding company because the trails are not signed or blazed, unlike more popular destinations such as Great Smoky Mountains National Park. However, if you do choose to backpack alone in this region, carry and map and compass so you can navigate the trails.

3. Golden Cathedral, Grand-Staircase, Utah

Wide angle Horizontal composition Golden Cathedral Neon Canyon Escalante National Park Utah

Mileage: 10 miles roundtrip | Length: 3 – 4 days | Elevation Gain/Loss: 1.100 feet

The Golden Cathedral is a stunning display of geologic processes set in Neon Canyon. On this trip, you set up a basecamp along the Escalante River so you get to enjoy both the lush desert oasis and impressive slickrock features, like the pothole arch pictured above. While camping is not permitted in Golden Cathedral to protect the fragile environment, you’ll enjoy your sandstone surroundings as you explore the labyrinth of canyons during the days. Plus, southern Utah is known for its endlessly dark night skies. So as you peer out of your tent at night, be sure to gaze up between the canyon walls to see a smattering of stars.

This low-mileage trip is doable as a day hike, but spending the night between the narrow canyon walls in red rock country is quite the experience. You’ll carry a pack on the first and last day of your trip, setting up basecamp once you arrive in the canyon. Then, on your layover days, you’ll have time to explore slot canyons and washes without the weight of your pack. Unlike some desert hikes, this destination has plenty of water, so while you’ll need to stay hydrated, you won’t weigh your pack down with a trip’s worth of H20.

While this is a great first beginner backpacking trip with a guiding company, it can be a challenging trail to navigate on your own. However, if you plan to go solo, follow the cairns (piles of rocks) and keep your senses engaged so you don’t get lost. Don’t forget the map and compass!

Stop by a ranger station to obtain a free backcountry permit. Study up on desert leave no trace procedures, as this unique environment requires that you travel mindfully.

Also, check the forecast before you go because flash floods can be an incredible danger in canyon country. During certain times of the year, you may need to wade through thigh-deep water in the canyons. Bring along a pair of hiking sandals and trekking poles to make the journey more fun!

4. Tuolumne Meadows area, Yosemite

best 1 month backpacking trips

Mileage: 20 miles roundtrip | Length: 3 – 4 days | Elevation Gain/Loss: 1,300 feet with a pack ( + 1,700 as a day hike)

The Tuolumne region of Yosemite National Park is defined by expansive green meadows, dome-shaped mountains, and the pinnacle spires of the Cathedral Range. Water flows freely through the Grand Canyon of the Tuolumne, where you can witness cascades tumbling down silver slabs of granite. On our Yosemite Alpine Meadows and Waterfalls Trek , you can see some of the best that it has to offer on a moderate trip.

Unlike the Yosemite Valley, Tuolumne Meadows has high-elevation trailheads with relatively flat relief landscapes and far fewer crowds. Water is plentiful and the views are outstanding. Up in Tuolumne, wildlife is less accustomed to humans, so you’ll have fewer concerns about a hungry bear sneaking into camp.

The campsite along this route (where you’ll stay for two nights) has treated water and solar-powered outhouses for ultimate backcountry comfort. Plus, unlike many areas in Yosemite National Park, you’ll have access to bear boxes at camp, so you won’t have to carry bear canisters which are heavy and inconvenient.

You’ll need to obtain a permit to stay overnight in the backcountry of Yosemite National Park. We recommend you reserve a permit in advance, however, some first-come-first-served permits are available if you visit the ranger station the morning before your intended trip. If you’re traveling during the weekends or holidays, don’t expect to get a last-minute permit.

5. Havasupai Garden, Grand Canyon

bright angel trail in the grand canyon

Mileage: 15 miles roundtrip | Length: 3 days | Elevation Gain/Loss: 3,000 feet with a pack ( + 1.500 ft as a day hike)

Okay, no backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon is exact  beginner-friendly because of the nature of the terrain. However, if you’re set on hiking Arizona ‘s Grand Canyon for your first backpacking trip, the Havasupai Garden backpacking trip is a solid choice. Instead of backpacking to the bottom of the canyon, you’ll hike down the iconic Bright Angel Trail and stay at Havasupai Garden (a lush oasis with plenty of shade). The next day, you’ll hike down to the Colorado River without a big pack on your back. This three-day excursion allows you to experience the canyon beyond the rim — something not a lot of visitors can say. And as you enjoy dinner and panoramic views at Plateau Point, you’ll feel glad you put in the effort.

Havasupai Garden is a bit of an oasis, offering hikers more shade and water than other areas along the canyon. Potable water is available year-round to hikers. These qualities are important because heat and dehydration are two of the most dangerous factors for visitors. Additionally, this trail has less elevation gain and loss than other Grand Canyon trips. You’ll still get the expansive views and magic feelings that come along with an overnight stay in the Grand Canyon , without the knee-pounding descent to the bottom. Plus, this campground has toilets, so you don’t have to worry about properly burying or packing out your waste. 

You must reserve and obtain a permit to backpack in Grand Canyon National Park. Because of the popularity of this park, these permits can go quickly! A few permits for Corridor campgrounds (including Havasupai Garden) are available for walk-ups at the Backcountry Information Center in the park.

Just because the Havasupai Garden Campground is more accessible than many backcountry campsites doesn’t mean you shouldn’t take it seriously. Anytime you’re hiking below the canyon rim, you need to carefully consider the conditions, your water capacity, and your fitness level. In the hot seasons, start early to avoid mid-day heat; this is an unforgiving climate and many hikers have died by setting out unprepared. Hiking with a guide can ensure that you have the tools you need to successfully backpack in the Grand Canyon .

6. White Mountain Hut to Hut, New Hampshire

A vista of the White Mountains of New Hampshire from the summit of Mount Washington, the hut at Lake of the Clouds on the ridge.

Mileage: 15 miles point-to-point | Length: 3 – 4 days | Elevation Gain/Loss: 3,600 feet

Traversing an alpine ridgeline and staying at high mountain huts — you expect that in Europe, but not in the U.S., right? But in the White Mountains of New Hampshire, you can enjoy the luxury of backcountry accommodations with the adventure of the alpine. Similar to the popular Presidential Peaks Traverse but less daunting, the High Peaks of the Pemigewasset Hut to Hut Trek  offers the same appeal for a fraction of the difficulty. Staying along the Appalachian Trail (AT), you’ll bag peaks during the day and settle into cozy mountain huts at night. These trails offer a sense of camaraderie that is often hard to find when backpacking. As travelers from all over the world stay at the mountain huts, you’ll be able to chat about your hike over dinner.

On a hut-t0-hut trek , you’ll get to leave the tent and sleeping pad behind, shedding some of the heavy weight required for backpacking trips. If you’ve always wanted to spend the night in the backcountry, but aren’t ready to give up the luxuries of a bed, toilets, and running water, this will be a great introductory trip.

Also, you’re hiking above treeline for most of your trek, so the views per mile are exceptional. But, the terrain is a bit rougher than some of the other trails on this list.

Because this trek takes place primarily above the treeline, you should check the forecast , have good decision-making skills, and stay aware of thunderstorm conditions. The White Mountains are notorious for their erratic weather, so make sure to be prepared for some wild winds and weather.

You should book your stays in the AMC huts in advance. If you plan a point-to-point traverse, check out the shuttle system to ensure you can get back to your car at the end of your journey. The Appalachian Mountain Club strongly recommends reserving your shuttle; walk-ons are only accepted when space is available.

7. Lake Blanche, Wasatch Range, Salt Lake City

lake blanche in big cottonwood salt lake city

Mileage: 7 miles out-and-back | Length: 2 days | Elevation Gain/Loss: 2,700 feet

Lake Blanche is a popular day hiking destination in Big Cottonwood Canyon outside of Salt Lake City. Those that pack a bag to spend the night near the lakeshore (well, 200 feet from the water’s edge) will be rewarded by dwindling crowds and dazzling alpenglow on Sundial Peak. As you approach the photogenic basin, keep an eye out for moose grazing on aspens. Once you’ve set up camp, hike the spur trail to explore Lake Florence and Lake Lillan.

This backpacking trip can be completed as a quick overnight, as it is incredibly accessible from Salt Lake City, Utah. While the trail has a fair amount of elevation gain, the low mileage (3.5 one-way) makes this trip achievable for most first-time backpackers. Once you set up camp, you’ll have access to water. Also, while solitude can be desirable, you probably won’t be alone if you camp near Lake Blanche. Some first-time backpackers may feel reassured at the presence of other humans.

You do not need any permits for this backpacking trip. Check out the Uinta-Wasatch-Cache National Forest backcountry regulations before you go.

However, no swimming or campfires are allowed. Respect the watershed and don’t wash your dishes in the lake.

All-inclusive Backpacking Adventures

8. Heart Lake and Mount Sheridan, Yellowstone

best 1 month backpacking trips

Mileage: 23 miles roundtrip | Length: 3 days | Elevation Gain/Loss: 900 feet (+ 1,800 as day hike from camp)

This remote region of Yellowstone is teeming with wildlife, rolling meadows, expansive lakes, and geothermal features. So what more could you ask for? Well, when you backpack to the shores of Heart Lake, you won’t want to miss Mount Sheridan. Adding on a summit attempt to an already fantastic hiking trail really elevates this itinerary. This area is so classically Yellowstone that you’ll fall in love with the subtleties, like a pine marten running through the trees, the feeling of the wind as you approach the ridgeline, and the rising steam of the hot springs along Witch Creek.

The Heart Lake Trailhead in Yellowstone National Park is a great jumping-off point for many backpacking trips, including our Heart Lake and Mount Sheridan and Heart Lake/Snake River trips. While they are both great options for a new backpacker, the Heart Lake/Mount Sheridan trip doesn’t require a shuttle, making it easier to execute for non-guided hiking parties.

You’ll set up a basecamp for two days near Heart Lake. There, you’ll get to relax along the lakeshore in the evenings. On your layover day, you’ll hike into the alpine during your summit attempt of Mount Sheridan. If you make it to the top (and even if you don’t), you’ll get sweeping views of the Absaroka Range, the Tetons, and Yellowstone Lake.

The rewards are big for a relatively flat 8-mile hike in to camp. This itinerary gives you plenty of downtime to enjoy the leisurely pleasures of backpacking, while also ensuring you work hard to get a well-rounded experience in Yellowstone.

When it comes to the Greater Yellowstone Ecosystem (Yellowstone, into the Tetons and beyond), you’ll have one big safety consideration when backpacking. Grizzly bears. This not-so-small detail is one of the only reasons this isn’t an ideal beginner trip. However, the elevation gain and mileage are very achievable by most beginners. So, if you like the idea of this trip but aren’t keen on hiking in grizzly country, join us on a guided trip and we’ll help you build the skills you need to travel with confidence.

If you do decide to hike in grizzly country without a guide, be sure to read up on safety protocol, hike smart, carry bear spray, and keep a bear-safe camp. You’ll also need to be prepared to hang all of your food at the designated bear hangs in the Park. We’ve written all about in this blog post .

If you want to stay overnight in Yellowstone National Park, you’ll need to obtain a permit . Heart Lake is one of the more popular backpacking destinations in the park, so you should make an advanced reservation. However, permits are also available for walk-ups up to two days before your trip date. If you do decide to chance your trip with a last-minute permit, you should have a backup itinerary in place in case you can’t secure your ideal campsite.

9. Ancient Lakes, Eastern Washington

ancient lakes eastern washington

Mileage: 4 miles out-and-back | Length: 2  days | Elevation Gain/Loss: minimal

If you’re searching for the perfect early-season overnighter, look no further than Ancient Lakes near Quincy, Washington. This desert oasis is close enough to Seattle that you can squeeze in a quick weekend trip even if you only have Saturday and Sunday to play. As you wander among the columnar basalt rocks, you’ll watch waterfalls splash over the edges and create green streaks of life on the walls. Once you arrive at the lake, you’ll find many paths to explore the area. And nearly every campsite you can find has great views of the dark night sky.

Low-mileage and minimal elevation gain make this a great trip for beginners, kids, and the pup. While you do need to pack in all your water, you shouldn’t be deterred because you only have a 2-mile hike to the lake.

logistics and permits’

Pack in all the water you’ll need for your overnight trip! Even though you are hiking to lakes, all of the water is irrigation water from nearby farmlands. Agricultural runoff pollutes these water sources, so you’re better off bringing potable water from home. Also, you may want to avoid this one during the hot summer season. If you do backpack in this area during the summer, keep an eye out for rattlesnakes.

You do not need a permit to camp overnight in the Quincy Wildlife Recreation Area. However, you’ll need a Discover Pass to park at the trailhead.

10. Superior Hiking Trail, Minnesota

best 1 month backpacking trips

Mileage: varies (10+ mile one-way)  | Length: varies (2+ days) | Elevation Gain/Loss: varies

We’re not recommending that you hike all 310 miles of this thru-hike for your first backpacking trip (not that we’d stop you…), but the Superior Hiking Trail (SHT) in Minnesota has many trail sections that you can complete in a weekend or on a three-to-four-day trip. Weave in and out of deciduous forests as you follow the shore of Lake Superior. You’ll cross deep gorges, pass fairytale-esque waterfalls, and even find your fair share of swimming spots. In the autumn, you’ll hike to vistas to see a sea of reds, oranges, and yellows. While the entire trail is stunning, some standout sections are from Caribou Falls State Wayside to Lutsen  and from Two Harbors to Silver Bay .

The SHT hiker’s shuttle makes it easy to customize your route for your timeline and hiking ability, without having to do an out-and-back hike. Just choose one of 50 different trailheads and hike north or south! Most hikers travel from south to north. The trails are well-marked with a blue blaze.

When you’re on the trail, you encounter designated campsites very frequently. So, you never have to hike far to find a place to rest your head (unless you want to pack in the miles!) Additionally, some sections of the trail pass through towns. If you’re considering your first thru-hike or week-long trip, restocking supplies is incredibly easy.

No permits or reservations are required to hike and camp along the SHT. During busy weekends, you may have to share campsites with other hiking parties.

The trail does pass through state parks. In these areas, you can only camp with a reservation and fee. If you don’t want to make reservations, plan your itinerary so you camp in the other numerous campgrounds.

11. Glacier Gorge, Rocky Mountain National Park

best 1 month backpacking trips

Mileage: 10 miles roundtrip | Length: 2 – 3 days| Elevation Gain/Loss: 1,700 feet

If you don’t mind the company of other hikers, Glacier Gorge is a fantastic destination for a first backpacking trip in Rocky Mountain National Park . It’s hard to snag a backcountry permit for this coveted area, but if you do, you’ll stay in one of two designated campsites — either in the Glacier Gorge Valley or along Andrews Creek. If you’re staying at Andrews Creek, establish your basecamp and set out on a hike to Sky Pond , a sparkling alpine lake nestled beneath Taylor and Powell Peaks. Spend an extra day exploring the area and head up to Andrews Glacier. If you’re at the Glacier Gorge site, bring a fishing rod and test the waters at Jewel Lake. Or, hike up to Black Lake and Ribbon Falls.

The campsites are relatively close to the trailhead. Once you set up camp, you’ll have opportunities to explore stunning high mountain lake basins without the weight of a heavy pack. Starting from the Glacier Gorge Trailhead, you don’t have to gain much elevation to get some pretty impressive views.

You’ll need to reserve a wilderness camping permit if you plan to spend the night in Rocky Mountain National Park. As there are only two designated campsites in this area, the spots fill up quickly. If you plan to fish, you’ll need a valid Colorado fishing license .

In Rocky Mountain National Park, you must carry and store all your food and scented items in a bear canister. This is the only food storage method permitted in this park.

12. Observation Peak Trek, Yellowstone National Park  

Observation peak trek, beginner backpacking trip, best beginner trips, backpack, hike, mountain Yellowstone

Milage: 10MI / 16KM roundtrip | Length: 2-3 days | Elevation Gain/Loss: 1300 ft

If you’re looking for an introduction to backpacking that will have you deep in the backcountry without having to hike for days, then a trek to Observation Peak is an excellent option. In the heartland of wild Yellowstone National Park, this relatively popular trail can be done in 2 or 3 days and gives you some of the most stunning scenery in the park. You can either chose to day hike to Observation Peak with a basecamp at Cascade Lake or include this summit on the first day of your trek before setting up camp. With moderate elevation gain and well maintained trails coupled with stunning lakes and vistas, this trail is one of the best extended weekend options in Yellowstone.  

Why is it Great for a beginner?  

An Observation Peak trek is a great option for first time backpackers as there are so many options for customizing the trip to what you want. Depending on if you are going for 2 or 3 days, you have options to hike to Observation Peak and take in the views, stroll to Grebe Lake and fish for trout, or simply relax at Cascade Lake if you want to rest your legs. Plus, the milage is minimal and doesn’t leave you exhausted by the time you reach camp. This trail is popular enough to make first time backpackers feel comfortable with others around, but doesn’t have so many people as to spoil the wilderness effect.

Logistics and Permits

The biggest logistical concern of hiking in Yellowstone is the wildlife. Grizzly bears are very active in this area and other wildlife such as bison and elk can also pose danger to hikers. This is one of the only downsides to embarking on this trip as an introduction to backpacking. However, with the moderate elevation and easy milage, you’ll be able to prepare for the possible dangers of wildlife and still complete this trip safely. If the wildlife seems like a bit much but the hike sounds appealing, Wildland Trekking offers  this trip in both 2 and 3 day options so that you can get your feet wet before going out there on your own.  

Like everywhere in Yellowstone, permits are required for overnight camping. Yellowstone’s traditional backpacking season is shorter than other national parks, mostly limited to summer, so you’ll want to make advanced reservations to ensure you get the route you want. Walk up permits are available at ranger stations 1 or 2 days before you begin your trek, but they go quickly each morning. It’s a good idea to have a back up itinerary in case you don’t get the permit you want. Permits are included on guided trips

Wildland Trekking offers this trip as an all-inclusive guided hike with meals, gear, transportation, permits, and an expert mountain guide all included. Guided trips are a great way to find out what backpacking is like before getting out there on your own. Click here to learn more!

13. Little Lakes Valley, Inyo National Forest, California  

best beginner backpacking trips, little lakes valley, hiker, backpacking, framed trees, clouds, best trips

Milage: 8-10MI / 13-16KM Roundtrip | Length: 2-3 days | Elevation Gain/Loss: 1218 ft  

Just north of Bishop on California’s Highway 395 is a blink-and-you’ll-miss-it turnoff with one of the Eastern Sierra’s best short distance hiking destinations: Little Lakes Valley. This valley, accessed from Mosquito Flats , is a great destination for a first time backpacking trip. With over a dozen serene alpine lakes, this valley is overflowing with campsite options, day hiking, fishing, and stunning views. While the trail is easily assessable, it’s no overly crowded and with the abundance of campsites, hikers may get an opportunity to have a lake to themselves. Located in the Inyo National Forest, there’s much less competition for permits compared to national park trails, but the scenery is no less spectacular.  

Little Lakes Valley is great for beginner backpackers because of the big bank for your buck (or view for your step) that you get on this short and relatively flat trail. There is some elevation gain on the way into the valley, but that means it’s downhill on the way back! The abundance of lakes and streams make finding water a breeze and the pristine lakes with a back drop of snow capped, jagged peaks is unbeatable. Plus, the trail is easily accessible from Highway 395 and Tom’s Place at the turnoff is a great place to spot at for a burger on the way out!

Logistics for backpacking in Little Lakes Valley are pretty minimal as the short trail is out and back and there is only one access point. Your biggest concern is going to be the elevation as the trailhead is over 10,000 ft above sea level. All backpackers (not just beginners) who don’t live at elevation should spend at least one night (if not two) at a nearby campground that’s around 7,000 to 8,000 ft in order to acclimate to the elevation. Convict Lake is a good, close-by option for this.  

Only attempt this hike in summer and early fall and make sure to check the weather before you go to assess road and snow conditions. Permits are required to spend the night here, but there is much less competition for them compared to national parks. You can make reservations online or get walk up permits at Inyo National Forest’s backcountry permit office.

This is bear country and you will need to use bear resistant containers for all food and smelly items. There are no campfires allowed anywhere in the valley and water collected from lakes and streams should be filtered.  

14. Half Dome, Yosemite National Park  

Half Dome, Best Beginner backpacking trip, first backpacking trip, backpacker, hiker, day hike, guided tours

Milage: 16MI / 26KM Roundtrip |   Length : 4 days | Elevation Gain/Loss: 2845 ft

First, a disclaimer: this trip is hard. Hiking to and up Half Dome is a challenge with large elevation gains and lots of exposure to heights. Beginning with the Mist Trail and ending with hiking the cables , this hike is not to be underestimated. But the views from the top are worth it. While many people do this hike in a single day, backpacking to the base of Half Dome and then summiting in the morning before any day hikers arrive is a great option, allowing you to skip the extremely long and strenuous milage day. It is notoriously difficult to get permits to hike Half Dome, but the backpacking permit is separate from the day hiking permit and will be easier to get.  

So if this trip is so hard, why is it included in this list of best trips for beginner backpackers? Well, beginner trips don’t necessarily mean easy trips. If you are already an avid outdoors person, in good physical condition, and accustomed to hiking, you might want your first backpacking trip to be a bit of a physical (if not a technical or logistical) challenge. In this case, Half Dome may be a great option for you, especially if you’ve already done it as a day hike.  

While the elevation is still hefty even for avid hikers, backpacking to the monolith cuts down the milage to reasonable days, making a backpacking trip arguably easier than a day hike. Of course, you might consider going with a guiding company due to the somewhat technical terrain on the granite and to avoid the hassle of getting permits.  

Hiking Half Dome comes with some logistics to work out. The cables on the last miles of the climb are only up from late May through early October when there won’t be snow and ice on the granite. In addition, you won’t be able to hike on a rainy day (or even a day that is threatening rain) as the granite becomes extremely slippery when wet. Most accidents happen in wet weather. Check the forecast and make sure there are no storms brewing.  

Permits are notoriously difficult to obtain for Half Dome, but backpacking permits are a little bit easier as you are not competing against all the day hikers for a spot. You can reserve permits on the National Park Service’s website.  

The trail is in and back, so you won’t have to worry about transportation if you park your car at the trail head. Remember, this trail is commonly done as a day hike, so don’t expect to have backcountry solitude on this trek.  

Backpacking to Half Dome with a guiding company can be a great way to challenge yourself physically, but have an expert guide to show you the ropes of backpacking before you get out there on your own. We offer this trek as a guided tour for anyone wanting a bit of a challenge with great rewards. All of our trips are all-inclusive with meals, gear, transportation, permits, and an expert mountain guide all included. Click here to learn more!

15. West Rim, Zion National Park

Best beginner backpacking trips, first time backpacker, Zion west rim, zion canyon national park, red rock, hike, hiker

Milage: 16MI / 27KM Point to Point | Length: 2 days | Elevation Gain/Loss: 1700 ft

Beginning far from the gorgeous yet busy canyon that is Zion’s main attraction, the West Rim trail is a scenic, mostly downhill, 2 day backpacking trip that will knock the socks off any first time backpacker. Even seasoned backpackers will be kept interested on this moderate trail with non-stop views of Zion’s majestic red rock canyons and some campsites from which you can see both the sunset and the sunrise. Beginning at Zion’s highest point at Lava Point and hiking down toward the canyon, this trip takes hikers up to the alpine portions of Zion and then down into traversing through the classic canyons. And to top it all off, you’ll end at Scout Lookout with some of the most famous views in the park.  

The West Rim in Zion is a great trip for first time backpackers because it is simply loaded with gorgeous views and isn’t too strenuous. You’ll be able to take leisurely mornings when hiking this trail over two days and if you start at Lava Point, it’s almost entirely downhill! (You will want to bring trekking poles however, all that downhill hiking can be hard on the knees). The elevation and milage are moderate and you simply can’t beat the views down into the canyon. While Zion is known for its crowds, you won’t find this trail overly crowded, giving first time backpackers a chance for some solitude on the trail.  

Zion’s West Rim comes with a few logistical issues, but none that a first time backpacker can’t figure out. The trail is out and back so you will need to either park a car at the end of the trail and drive a second one to the trail head or use a shuttle service. Shuttles can be arranged from town easily.  

Another logistical concern is water. There are seasonal springs along the trail, but the only one that flows year round is Cabin Spring. Water from streams and rivers may be impacted by a recent bacteria bloom that contain cyanotoxins, making the water unsafe for drinking and swimming. Please see the Zion’s official website for current updates on the cyanobacteria bloom.

Permits are required for overnight use and they double as campsite reservations for one of the 9 campsites along the trail. Walkup permits are available, but it’s best to reserve them online to make sure you get the permit you want. Zion has stricter regulations about backpacking compared to other national parks, so make sure to read the trail rules before setting out.

About Hannah Singleton

best 1 month backpacking trips

Hannah is a content strategist, writer, and guide for Wildland Trekking Company. She was born and raised on the East Coast but currently resides in Salt Lake City, UT where she spends her time exploring the wonders of the Rocky Mountain West. You can check out more of her freelance writing at www.hannah-singleton.com.

best 1 month backpacking trips

wildland Wires

Sign up to receive our exclusive Wildland Wire emails and stay up to date with Wildland Trekking's promotions, discounts, contests, outdoor tips and tricks, trip reports and more!

  • Search Please fill out this field.
  • Manage Your Subscription
  • Give a Gift Subscription
  • Newsletters
  • Sweepstakes
  • Backpacking Trips

10 Best Backpacking Trips Around the World

The views will leave you as breathless as the treks.

Evie Carrick is a writer and editor who’s lived in five countries and visited well over 50. She now splits her time between Colorado and Paris, ensuring she doesn't have to live without skiing or L'As du Fallafel.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Ruben Earth/Getty Images

Hiking can transport you to waterfalls, high-alpine lakes, and vistas that many people never get to see. But why settle for a single day in the wilderness when you could spend multiple days soaking up the views and sleeping under the stars? Backpacking allows you to go deeper, stay longer, and in some cases, lose the crowds. Plus, there's a wonderful simplicity that comes with only being able to bring what you can carry on your back — you might be surprised by how little you need and how good you feel when you step away from it all.

When you're ready to take your love of hiking to the next level, start with a one- or two-night trip on a familiar route. Once you've got your gear, hiking legs, and general know-how dialed in, you might want to consider taking on a renowned multiday trek. While typically strenuous, these are some of the most beautiful and iconic backpacking trips in the world — just keep in mind that many require hiring a guide and obtaining a permit, so plan your journey well in advance.

Inca Trail, Peru

The Inca Trail is the famous route that leads to Machu Picchu . It provides a once-in-a-lifetime trek that follows the footsteps of a great lost civilization. While most people are in it for the finale, there's plenty more to see along this 26-mile backpacking route, During the trip, which typically takes about four days, you'll hike over Dead Woman's Pass (don't worry, it's not as scary as it sounds) and amid the terraces of Wiñay Wayna while enjoying near-constant views of the Andes.

Torres del Paine W Trek, Chile

This backpacking route cuts through Torres del Paine National Park in the Patagonia region, which is renowned for its stunning mountains and uncannily blue lakes. It's also home to rare wildlife, like the guanaco, a llama-like animal. Hiking the W Trek isn't easy — it covers about 50 miles and takes most people four or five days — but waking up lakeside at the foot of a snowcapped mountain is well worth the effort. The highlight of the hike is standing at the base of the three "towers" (granite peaks) that give the national park its name.

Tour du Mont Blanc, Switzerland, Italy, and France

If you dream of immersing yourself in the Alps, here's your chance. You'll cross international borders on foot as the Tour du Mont Blanc trail passes through France, Italy, and Switzerland, circumnavigating the highest peak in Western Europe. At more than 15,700 feet, Mont Blanc is the star of this backpacking journey. The 105-mile loop includes plenty of lodging — from rustic mountain huts to luxury hotels — and you can use public transportation to shorten the trip if needed. People take anywhere from six to 12 days to complete the hike.

Grand Canyon Rim-to-Rim, United States

Millions of people visit Arizona's Grand Canyon National Park each year, but few take on the Rim-to-Rim trail, which dips deep into the canyon and requires an equally steep hike out. The best option is to start at the North Rim on the North Kaibab Trail, then hike out on the Bright Angel Trail, which draws plenty of South Rim day hikers. Most people split the 24-mile trek into two days, even though some fit and experienced desert backpackers can knock it out in one. Either way, hiking from one rim to the other will earn you serious bragging rights.

Panorama Ridge, Canada

Western Canada is full of amazing trails, but Panorama Ridge is extra special. The views are continual along this track, which leads you about 19 miles round trip from the Rubble Creek Trailhead just south of Whistler Village. As you make your way through the stunning Garibaldi Provincial Park, you'll pass fields of wildflowers (depending on the season), a disintegrating volcano, and a high-alpine lake, all while enjoying views of Mount Price and Mount Garibaldi. You can do the full hike over two days or one very long (about 12-hour) day. You also have the option of hiking just half of Panorama Ridge if you start and end at Garibaldi Lake Campground.

El Camino de Santiago, Spain

El Camino de Santiago is a historic Spanish pilgrimage route that leads to the Catedral de Santiago de Compostela. There are many paths to the cathedral, but one of the most scenic is Camino del Norte, which starts in San Sebastian and traverses along the northern coast before meeting up with Camino Primitivo, which is considered to be the original path.

As beautiful as it may be, keep in mind that this backpacking trip is not for the faint of heart — the entire 500-mile spiritual journey takes travelers weeks or even months. Of course, you can always dip in for a section and spend the rest of your holiday sipping on cava at a luxe resort — no judgment.

Kepler Track, New Zealand

Nestled in Fiordland National Park on New Zealand's South Island is the 37-mile Kepler Track, a loop showcasing the highlights of Fiordland: glacier-carved valleys, the sandy shores of Te Anau and Manapouri, waterfalls, and endless mountains. Start your journey from Kepler Track car park and tackle the trail counterclockwise, so you can knock out the most challenging climb up front. Most people take three or four days to complete this classic New Zealand Great Walk.

Mount Kilimanjaro Lemosho Route, Tanzania

What hiker hasn't dreamed of summiting the tallest mountain in Africa? Standing at 19,340 feet, Mount Kilimanjaro is a challenging trek, but your journey up this dormant volcano will reward you with the unforgettable experience of hiking from a bone-dry savanna to a snow-covered peak. If you're going to take on "Kili," you might as well opt for the most beautiful trail — a title well earned by the 42-mile Lemosho Route, which takes most people six to nine days to hike.

Great Ocean Walk, Australia

Natphotos/Getty Images

The 68-mile Great Ocean Walk hugs the coast of southwest Victoria, running alongside the famous driving route, the Great Ocean Road. Most people hike westbound from Apollo Bay so they can end at the true highlight of the trek: the Twelve Apostles (limestone rock formations rising dramatically from the ocean). Along the way, you'll pass through Great Otway and Port Campbell national parks where you might spot koalas in the canopy or whales in the water. No part of this hike is super steep — it's a coastal walk, after all — but walking on sand can be a challenge. The Great Ocean Walk takes about eight days to finish.

Kumano Kodō, Japan

tororo/Getty Images

The Kumano Kodō is a network of sacred pilgrimage routes — similar to Spain's El Camino — that travels for about 115 miles through bamboo forests and stunning Japanese countryside on the Kii Peninsula of Honshu. Along the route, hikers get plenty of chances to stop at shrines, soak in onsen (hot springs), and take in sights such as waterfalls and terraced rice fields. The trails are steep enough to get your blood pumping, but this immersive glimpse into Japan's history and culture is worth the four- to six-day hike.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Related Articles

The World Was Here First

Five Great Backpacking Europe Routes

Last Updated on February 14, 2024

by Maggie Turansky

Disclaimer: This article contains affiliate links. That means if you click a link and make a purchase, we may make a small commission. As an Amazon Associate we earn from qualifying purchases. For more information, see our privacy policy.

For many, the act of donning a backpack and wandering aimlessly throughout the European continent is seen as something of a right of passage. Travelling on a budget is becoming easier and more accessible for people of any age with many options available for some non-traditional backpacking Europe routes.

Most people don’t have an unlimited amount of time to set aside for travel, but that doesn’t mean you can’t have a backpack Europe at all. With this in mind, here are some things to keep in mind when planning a budget trip and also some itinerary ideas for any length of time!

Table of Contents

Planning a European Backpacking Route

Before I dive headfirst into all of the possible backpacking across Europe routes you could take, there are a number of things to consider before you begin planning your itinerary. Everything from your own particular travel style, your budget, and the season in which you plan to travel are all significant components that should be appraised prior to booking a flight.

Travel Style

One of the biggest factors that needs to be considered when planning a backpacking Europe trip is how you intend to travel. More often than not, people planning a trip tend to get overly excited and seem to think that it’s a good idea to pack as many places as possible into a short period of time.

This can be one of the biggest mistakes you can make, as it will more likely lead to exhaustion and travel burn-out rather than a fulfilling backpacking experience.

I am definitely a massive advocate for slower-paced travel as I believe that it allows travellers to really experience a city, town, or country while reducing the possibility of overwhelm and exhaustion. This is why, generally speaking, I would recommend spending an average of three nights in each place you intend to visit.

For bigger cities with many points of interest, I would recommend extending this to four or five nights (or more) and for a smaller town or city, I honestly wouldn’t recommend spending fewer than two nights.

While it may seem on the surface that destinations are close by, travel days are a huge time drain and take, at least, half of an entire day and can be tiring. This inevitably leaves less time to adequately explore your destination. A good way to counter this is by staying in one strategically located destination where you can easily access other places for day trips.

The beautiful city of Olomouc, Czech Republic

Getting Around

How you plan to get around Europe is also another key consideration when planning your Europe backpacking route. Depending on which region you happen to be visiting, there are different transport options that are available to you.

For instance, if you’re planning on spending the majority of your time in the Balkans or the Baltics , you’re not going to want to rely on train travel — trains aren’t well-developed in these regions! No, you’re going to want to take the bus instead.

In fact, if you’re looking to save money in a lot of countries throughout Europe (even if there is a well-developed train system), then the bus might be the best option for you, especially in countries with expensive train networks.

Whether you’re looking to book a bus or a train, however, we recommend using Omio , which compares bus and train routes and allows you to book the best option for you. For buses, we also recommend using Flixbus. They are an affordable bus company that operates throughout Europe and have prices that are particularly friendly to those trying to stick to a budget.

If you are in a country where it makes more sense to take the train or you just prefer it to the bus, then it is worth it to look into getting a rail pass. Depending on where you’re from, purchasing to Eurail pass or an Interrail pass could be one of the smartest financial decisions you could make while planning out your trip.

If you’re interested in visiting a lot of regions around Europe, there are also budget airlines on the continent such as Ryanair, WizzAir and EasyJet. These are not as cheap as they used to be, but you can still find affordable flights on occasion – especially if you’re not checking in any luggage.

It’s likely that you’re going to be trying to be backpacking Europe on a budget and this directly effects what kind of route or itinerary you devise.

Contrary to popular belief, the entire European continent isn’t outrageously expensive and there are certainly a number of regions that can be incredibly affordable for Western travellers. That being said, however, your money can definitely go a lot further in most Central and Eastern European countries than in Western Europe.

When trying to figure out a budget for a backpacking Europe itinerary, it is best to just come up with a general ballpark figure of how much you’re willing to spend and how long you want to travel. This can give you a greater idea of where it would be best to go and when.

The main costs that need to be considered during any number of backpacking through Europe routes are the prices of accommodation, transportation, food, activities, and entertainment.

However, there are also pre-trip expenses to consider like travel insurance. World Nomads offers flexible and simple travel insurance policies with coverage for more than 150 activities that you can buy or extend while on the road.

Another option if travelling long term is SafetyWing . They offer travel medical insurance policies at one of the lowest rates on the market.

To overgeneralise, it’s hardest to stick to a tight budget for backpackers in most Western and Northern European countries. Central Europe is best for a mid-range budget and Eastern Europe and the Balkans tend to be the most affordable regions on the continent. Obviously, there are exceptions to these guidelines depending on the country or city you happen to be travelling in.

Belgrade's Republic Square

The last major thing to consider is which season is best to travel in. The European continent very much experiences all four seasons, with most countries experiencing cold, snowy winters and hot, muggy summers.

Tourist seasons in Europe are broken up into three distinct categories: high season (June – August), low season (December – February), and shoulder seasons (March – May and September – November).

There are definite pros and cons to planning your route through any of these seasons. If you plan to travel during the high season, you can definitely expect some of the best weather.

The days are normally very warm and, due to Europe’s more northern location, also quite long. Most of the tourist facilities will be open and there are also a number of festivals and cultural events that tend to take place during the summer.

Conversely, travelling in the high season does come with its own setbacks. As it is the most popular time to visit Europe, accommodation, restaurant, and tourist attraction prices are often inflated. Popular sites and seaside cities and towns can become incredibly crowded and with that comes a high demand for everything, making it a lot less easy to be flexible.

If you do plan to travel in the high season, it’s generally pertinent that you book most things ahead and plan well in advance. We recommend booking hostels through Hostelworld or budget rooms through Booking.Com which often allows you to book without paying upfront. Another great option, particularly if travelling as a couple is to use Airbnb, which is available throughout Europe.

Travelling in the low season can be an appealing option for those who are looking to avoid tourist crowds and who don’t mind the inevitable cold weather. Travelling around the Christmas season can be especially rewarding, as most cities and towns go all out with cheerful decorations, lights, and wonderful Christmas markets.

Prices are also often a lot cheaper than in the high season and it can be a lot easier to be flexible with your travel plans. Due to low demand, however, you may find that some tourist attractions either have very limited opening hours or are closed entirely and, due to cold weather, a seaside escape isn’t really in the cards if you’re travelling in the winter.

If you were to ask my opinion, I would say to plan your trip in the shoulder seasons. The weather, while sometimes unpredictable, is generally milder and often pleasant and the tourist crowds are few. The inflated prices of the summer aren’t usually in place and also the accommodation demand isn’t as high, leaving more room for flexibility.

Beautiful Tallinn, Estonia

Three-Week Backpacking Europe Routes

If you are short on time but still want to experience the travelling mindset that comes with backpacking, then three weeks is the perfect length for an itinerary. Because it is synonymous with travelling on a budget, these routes for backpacking Europe will concentrate on Central and Eastern Europe and the Balkans.

Central European Highlights Itinerary

The best place to begin many Central and Eastern European trips is in Budapest , which is a fantastic and vibrant city for budget backpackers. This itinerary sees you visiting some of the biggest and brightest major cities in Hungary, Poland, Germany, and the Czech Republic.

Budapest – plan to spend at least five days in Hungary’s capital city. This will give you enough time to see all of the great sites, experience its great nightlife and thermal bathhouses and also take a day trip. Budapest is truly one of the best places to visit in Europe so it’s worth taking your time here.

Krakow  – plan to spend at least three days in Krakow , which will allow you explore its beautiful Old Town and Kazimierz Quarter and take a day trip to Auschwitz-Birkenau or the Wieliczka Salt Mine.

Wroclaw – this charming student city is one of the most underrated cities in Europe. Spend three or so nights here and take the time to explore the Old Town, enjoy the vibrant nightlife, lounge in the many parks, and hunt for the many dwarf statues scattered throughout the city.

Berlin – Germany’s achingly cool capital deserves to have at least five nights devoted to exploring it. There are so many cool things to do in Berlin , including eating delicious international cuisine, experiencing its legendary nightlife, admiring the street art in neighbourhoods like Kreuzberg, and getting cultured in some of its many museums.

Prague  – while Prague’s main tourist spots are easy to explore in just one or two days, it is worth spending about four days in the beautiful Czech capital. This will allow you to get off the beaten path in the city. Alternatively, you could use one of these days to spend a night in nearby Cesky Krumlov.

Balkan Highlights Itinerary

If you’re looking to avoid the tourist crowds that are inevitable in the former itinerary and want to get a little bit off the beaten path, heading to the Balkans is a fantastic option. This is one of the most underrated corners of Europe and the Balkan countries are very much worth exploring. Consequently, Budapest is also a fantastic starting point for exploring this under-explored region.

Budapest – though Hungary is not considered a Balkan country, its capital city is a great place to start. Five nights in Budapest is the perfect amount of time to really get to know this amazing city well.

Pécs  – the charming Hungarian city of Pécs is still fairly undiscovered by international tourism, which gives you all the more reason to go! The city itself is wonderful to explore, but it is also surrounded by beautiful nature. Three nights here will give you a taste of a different side of Hungary.

Novi Sad  – as Serbia’s second-largest city, Novi Sad is small but charming. It is worth spending at least two nights here in order to explore its lovely Old Town, fortress, and thriving cafe culture.

Belgrade  – Serbia’s capital city may seem a bit rough around the edges, but it is easily one of our favourite European cities and it is well worth taking a fair amount of time getting to know it. It is becoming infamous for its incredible nightlife, but the cultural and historical significance are worth learning about as well. Spending five or so nights here would be ideal.

Sarajevo – the capital of Bosnia and Herzegovina has a long and troubled history. Today, it is a wonderful city that has a definite east-meets-west feel. Three days in this city will allow you to enjoy it’s laid-back lifestyle while also giving you time to go to some museums to learn about BiH’s history.

Mostar  – Mostar is probably one of the most popular cities to visit in Bosnia and Herzegovina, but many treat it solely as a day trip. While the city itself is small, it has quite a tumultuous history that is worth learning about. There are also some great day trips and tours to take from Mostar, including to the Kravice Waterfall and Blagaj Monastery. Three nights in Mostar is a great way to end this trip.

6 Week Backpacking Europe Routes

If you have more time, six weeks is really the ideal trip length. Especially if you’re travelling in the low or shoulder seasons, six weeks allows for more flexibility in your trip planning as well.

Central European Greats Itinerary

If you’re keen to explore more of Central Europe, this is a fantastic route to follow. It sees you exploring both the capitals and smaller towns and cities of Hungary, Poland, Germany, and the Czech Republic.

Budapest  – The best starting point for any Central Europe trip , if you have six weeks for your backpacking Europe itinerary, I would recommend spending one of them in Budapest. Seven days in the Hungarian capital will give you a solid amount of time to really get to know and appreciate this fantastic city.

Krakow  – Krakow is a good place to begin exploring Poland. Three to four days here is probably enough to see the sites and take a day trip or two.

Wroclaw  – spend three or four nights in this charming student city

Warsaw – it is worth spending at least three nights exploring the Polish capital

Poznan  – another beautiful Polish city, Poznan’s Old Town is worth spending one full day exploring and it is also a great idea to head to nearby Wielkopolska National Park. Three nights is ideal.

Berlin  – the German capital is another great city to spend at least a week in. This way, you can see the main sites while also getting a bit off the beaten tourist path.

Dresden – a lesser-visited East German city, there are two unique sides to Dresden . Spend three or so nights here to get to know it.

Prague  – the main sites of the Czech capital can easily be seen in two or three days, but spend four or five days here so you can explore other quarters, such as Zizkov. Despite its popularity, there are definitely ways to get off the beaten path in Prague.

Cesky Krumlov  – while this city can be visited as a day trip from Prague, it can be worth spending one or two nights here to see with when the hoards of day tourists go home for the day.

Olomouc  – we are sure that Olomouc is going to become a tourist hotspot in the years to come, so it’s worth spending three or so days exploring this laid-back city before it’s discovered by the masses.

Obviously, there are several other places you could put on a Central European trip, but this is a good outline to follow.

Balkan Greats Itinerary

As I said earlier, the Balkans are a fantastic place to get off the beaten path in Europe. Travellers could easily spend months and months exploring these fascinating countries (we have!), but six weeks is a fantastic length of time to really get an in-depth feel of this wonderful region.

Budapest – 4 to 5 days in the Hungarian capital is a great way to kick off this Europe backpacking trip

Pécs  – three nights is a great amount of time to explore this Hungarian city

Novi Sad  – two or three nights is ideal to get to know the second-largest city in Serbia

Belgrade  – spend a few days getting to know this truly underrated European capital

Sarajevo  – three or so days is a good amount of time to explore the capital city of Bosnia and Herzegovina

Mostar  – spend two to three days in this city in the south of BiH

Kotor – two or three days is perfect to explore this beautiful Montenegrin city

Albania – Albania is a really fascinating country to explore, you could spend a couple of days in its capital of Tirana and then a couple more visiting the UNESCO-listed sites in Berat and Gjirokaster. Albania also has miles of pristine Adriatic coastline — Sarande is a great city to enjoy the beach.

Ohrid  – a charming Macedonian city on the banks of Lake Ohrid . Two or three days is perfect to see all of the sites.

Skopje – North Macedonia’s capital can be seen and explored in three or so days

Sofia  – the capital of Bulgaria is often overlooked by tourists , but it is worth spending at least four days exploring this ancient metropolis

Plovdiv – Europe’s oldest continuously inhabited city, Plovdiv has a number of ancient ruins and cool things to do . Three days at least is a good amount of time to spend here.

If you have more time, I would recommend travelling to Kosovo and visiting cities such as Prizren or Pristina. Heading into Northern Greece can be very much worth it as well, especially to see the stunning monasteries at Meteora .

Eastern Europe Itinerary

If you want to stay off the beaten path but would prefer to head north rather than south, consider adding the Baltic States onto your six-week backpacking Europe route. This itinerary sees you starting in Berlin and travelling north through Poland up to Lithuania, Latvia and Estonia.

Berlin – spend a few days in the effortlessly cool German capital

Wroclaw – three days is the perfect amount of time to spend is this cool Polish city

Krakow  – three days in Krakow gives you enough time to experience the best of the second-largest Polish city

Warsaw – spend two or three days exploring the Polish capital

Vilnius  – the severely underrated capital of Lithuania deserves at least four days to explore. Consider taking a day trip to nearby Trakai with its charming lake and castle.

Kaunas  – the second-largest city in Lithuania can be explored in two days

Palanga  – enjoy the beautiful Baltic coastline from this popular Lithuanian coastal town. It is also possible to head to the Curonian Spit from nearby Klaipeda .

Liepaja – Latvia’s third-largest city boasts an interesting history, wonderful art nouveau architecture, a former Soviet prison that you can actually spend the night in, and a beautiful beach. Spend at least three nights enjoying this Baltic gem.

Riga – try to spend at least four full days in Latvia’s vibrant capital city

Tartu – Estonia’s second-largest city has a large student population and many cool things to see and do. Two or three days here should allow you to experience the highlights.

Tallinn – Estonia’s beautiful medieval capital is a popular cruise ship port. The city itself is quite small, however, and can easily be explored in two or three days.

There are so many routes you could take whilst backpacking in Europe, but these five will see you getting a little off the beaten path. They will also allow you to get better value for money than other routes through some Western European countries.

Are you looking for routes for backpacking in Europe? What does your itinerary look like? Let us know in the comments!

best 1 month backpacking trips

Related Posts:

Beautiful streets in Olomouc

Backpacking Europe Packing List & Pre-Trip Checklist

Charles Bridge in Prague

18 Must-Have Backpacking Europe Essentials

best 1 month backpacking trips

The Best Shoes For Backpacking Europe

Avatar photo

About Maggie Turansky

Maggie is a co-founder and writer for The World Was Here First. Originally from the US, she has lived in five different countries and has travelled to dozens more, both solo and with her partner, Michael. She particularly loves exploring Spain and spending time in the Caucasus and the Baltics. Read more about Maggie

Highly recommend Estonia! I spent a whole semester in Tartu and it’s a beautiful place. Saaremaa is also great, with a unique culture and beautiful scenery. Stay in the cottages/cabins for the perfect stay. Also if you can, try the local bread in Muhu. 🙂 It’s a whole thing. Best rye bread ever, and Estonia loves their rye!

Tere õhtust!

Thanks for your comment, Madison! Tartu is one of our favourite cities – highly recommend it, as well! We haven’t made it to any of the islands yet, but it’s on our list as soon as we can. Estonia has so much to offer!

Hey Maggie. Thanks for the awesome article! Im currently in Amsterdam (Hague now actually) but leaving from Amsterdam. I have around 4,000 Euros saved. Im quite a budget /self cooking/ not into touristy sites but am a semi professional portrait /street photographer.

What route would you recommend? Im super interested in the Baltics,Germany, Italy, Spain, Greece, France, Hungary. I’ve cancelled Scandinavia as too expensive as its much too expensive.

is 4,000 Euros enough for 1-3 days I each of the main cities in those countries? Lyon(France), Dresden, Ansbach, Berlin, Santorini, Prague, Budapest, Andalusia/Grenada/Madrid/Barcelona, Milan/Sicily.

Im trying to get some online web design work / Couchsurfing as much as possible.

Whats your advice please? This is the first time ive left New Zealand -my home. I really want to do as many countries as possible before 2020 hits.

Many thanks! Love your blog

Hi Aly, it really depends on your interests which route you should take. It sounds like you want to hit a lot of places in Europe, so I would recommend that you go where the road takes you. As per budgeting, it depends on how long you plan to travel for, but I think that €4000 should be plenty for at least a couple of months of travelling on the cheap. If you want a better idea on prices, check out our backpacking budget article here: https://www.theworldwasherefirst.com/cost-of-backpacking-europe/ Hope this helps and you have an amazing time!

hey, if you backpack in Budapest, make sure you come and visit Bucharest, Romania too… it’s next to us! 🙂

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

  • North Dakota
  • Czech Republic
  • Switzerland
  • Vegan City Guides
  • Vegan Travel & Tips
  • Vegan Fashion
  • Sustainability
  • Blogging Tips
  • Photo Diaries
  • Unfortunate (but hilarious)
  • Recommendations
  • Get in Touch
  • Work With Me
  • Best Travel Insurance
  • Freelance Gig

The Wanderful Me

  • Europe , Inspiration

Are you thinking of backpacking Eastern Europe but aren’t sure where to begin or how to plan your amazing adventure? Well, whether you want to spend 10 days, 2 weeks, or 1 month traveling around, here’s my guide to the ultimate Eastern Europe itinerary!

Best Eastern Europe Itinerary for 10 Days, 2-Weeks, or even 1-Month | The Wanderful Me

Psst. This post contains affiliate links. Read our disclosure .

After spending two months backpacking Eastern Europe, it has become one of my favorite parts of the world!

From historic Krakow and bustling Prague to picturesque Budapest and quaint Bratislava, Eastern Europe has a lot to offer each and every traveler. Not only is this part of Europe ridiculously affordable, it’s also packed with fabulous vegan food !

Although, if vegan food and affordability isn’t doing it for ya, here are a few other draws of traveling Eastern Europe:

✓ Captivating history at every turn ✓ Gorgeous cobblestone roads (Instagram loves this! 😉) ✓ Mind-blowingly beautiful cities and towns ✓ Cheap a** beer (I’m talking like $3 for a liter of beer) ✓ Awesome hostels (and hotels) ✓ Delicious food ✓ And… super affordable (yes, I’m mentioning it again because OMG, who wouldn’t want to travel for under $40/day for everything? )

Itching to get your Eastern Europe travel plan put together? I thought so!

Though you could spend decades exploring all the cool crevices and underrated spots of Eastern Europe, most of us don’t have that much time.

So, here’s my guide on the best Eastern Europe itinerary for 10 days, 2 weeks, or even one big fat awesome month!

Table of Contents

ULTIMATE EASTERN EUROPE TRIP PLANNER

So, with all of these suggested itineraries, they start in the beautiful capital of Warsaw, Poland. A super duper handy city to begin in, it’s a great setting off point for the rest of Eastern Europe.

10 Day Eastern Europe Itinerary

This suggested 10 day itinerary is for those who want to see the best of what Eastern Europe has to offer but don’t have much time to head out to the lesser-known cities and destinations.

Thus, it focuses on cultural hubs and bustling cities with historic touches and lots of things to do!

Day 1-2: Warsaw, Poland

The gorgeous colored buildings of Warsaw, Poland. A magnificent destination on any Eastern Europe trip!

While I personally wasn’t a huge fan of Warsaw, there are a ton of things to see and do here! Plus, the main squares are super duper cute and most definitely worth a visit.

Not to mention, the vegan food in Warsaw is off the charts! Make sure to grab a few vegan pierogies while visiting this city.

Best Things to Do in Warsaw, Poland:

  • Explore the Old Town
  • Walk through Łazienki Park
  • Have a pint in the Old Town Market Square
  • Visit the Warsaw Uprising Museum (SO good!)
  • Give your condolences at the Okopowa Street Jewish Cemetery
  • Admire the views at the Palace of Culture and Science
  • Check out the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier
  • View the Jewish Ghetto Memorial

Where to Stay in Warsaw:

  • Budget : Press Hostel • €7-28 — OR — DREAM Hostel Warsaw • €10-41
  • Mid-Range : Old Town Bridge Rooms • €35-49 — OR — Old Town Home • €47-52
  • Higher-End : Pokoje Gościnne Dom Literatury • €57-93 — OR — PURO Warszawa Centrum • €78-200
  • Luxury : Sofitel Warsaw Victoria • €149-304 — OR — The Westin Warsaw • €113-431

Not sure if visiting Poland is worth your time? Take a look at these 27 magical photos of Poland — I have no doubt your mind will be changed!

Day 3-5: Krakow, Poland

The church in the main square of Krakow.

If you’re backpacking Eastern Europe, Krakow is a must! In fact, Dan and I loved this city so much we spent over 4 days here. And no, we didn’t get bored because holy moly, there is SO much to do here!

Best Things to Do in Krakow, Poland:

  • Explore Krakow’s Main Square
  • Visit Wawel Castle
  • Have your mind blow at the Wieliczka Salt Mines
  • Check out Oskar Schindler’s Factory (Schindler’s List)
  • Day trip to Auschwitz Concentration Camp
  • Explore the historical Jewish Quarter (Kazimierz Neighborhood)
  • Try some traditional (vegan) Polish food — click here to read my Krakow vegan food guide!
  • Visit the beautiful St Francis’ Basilica

Where to Stay in Krakow:

  • Budget : Lemon Tree Hostel • €7-10 — OR — Bubble Hostel • €12-46
  • Mid-Range : Words & Swords Apartments • €18-32 — OR — Apartamenty Marco • €39-51
  • Higher-End : Aparthotel Stare Miasto • €80-156 — OR — Hotel Wit Stwosz • €72-139
  • Luxury : Hotel Unicus Palace • €155-271 — OR — Hotel Polski Pod Białym Orłem Hotel • €120-416

Psst, interested in reading my 1-week Poland itinerary ? You’ll discover how to spend 7 days exploring Warsaw, Krakow, and the fairytale town of Wroclaw!

Day 6-8: Prague, Czech Republic

The beautiful city of Prague lit up at sunset with Prague Castle in the background.

Another must-see city when on an Eastern Europe trip, Prague is a historical and cultural gold mine, not to mention it’s also pretty affordable for being such a popular destination!

Best Things to Do in Prague, Czech Republic:

  • Wander about the Old Town Square
  • Visit Prague Castle
  • Explore the Jewish Ghetto Quarter
  • View the Astronomical Clock Tower
  • Have a drink of traditional Czech beer ( super affordable!)
  • Stroll across the Charles Bridge
  • Marvel at St. Vitus Cathedral
  • Visit the KGB Museum
  • Admire the Lennon Wall
  • Go cruising on the Vltava River
  • Party up in Prague (the clubs are fantastic)

Where to Stay in Prague:

  • Budget : Hostel Kaiser • €18-25 — OR — Hostel Franz Kafka • €8-38
  • Mid-Range : The Republic Garden • €19-23 — OR — Pension Karlova • €65-95
  • Higher-End : Historic Royal Apartment • €89-119 — OR — Ibis Praha Old Town • €73-85
  • Luxury : Mordecai Twelve • €115-178 — OR — Hotel Pod Věží • €93-127

Day 8-10: Budapest, Hungary

A view overlooking the city of Budapest with the Hungarian Parliament building in the background.

Though Poland is hands down my favorite country in Eastern Europe, Hungary is a close second. Budapest is extremely picturesque and such a beautiful city with loads of awesome things to do!

Best Things to Do in Budapest, Hungary:

  • Visit St. Stephen’s Basilica (make sure to go up to the top for a gorgeous view of Budapest!)
  • Go for a dip at one of the many Budapest Baths (Gellert & Széchenyi Thermal Baths)
  • Admire the Hungarian Parliament Building
  • Walk the Danube Promenade (and check out the infamous shoes)
  • Check out Heroes’ Square
  • Explore the Fisherman’s Bastion (awesome spot for a photo!)
  • Visit the Dohány Street Synagogue
  • Party at some ruin pubs
  • Go up to Buda Castle (head up in the funicular!)
  • Check out the Hungarian National Museum

Where to Stay in Budapest:

  • Budget : 2B Hostel & Rooms • €13-67 — OR — Activity Hostel • €18-20
  • Mid-Range : Apartment Ginkgo • €35 — OR — Urban Rooms • €45-75
  • Higher-End : Basilica Friends Apartment • €100-140 — OR — The Loft Budapest • €87-105
  • Luxury : Prestige Hotel Budapest • €144-261 — OR — Aria Hotel Budapest • €347-500

Need some foodie inspiration? Click here to open a new tab to my vegan food in Eastern Europe post!

2-Week Eastern Europe Itinerary

This suggested two week itinerary focuses on a lot of the same cities and destinations as above but with a few more awesome places sprinkled in.

Additionally, a few more days are added to places like Prague and Budapest, where you can have more time to venture outside the city!

Crayola-colored buildings that line one of the main squares in Warsaw, Poland.

Click here to visit the list of the best things to do in Warsaw and where to stay in the city above.

A gorgeous church in Krakow, Poland.

Click here to visit the list of the best things to do in Krakow and where to stay in the city above.

Day 5-6: Wroclaw, Poland

Cotton-candy, pastel-colored buildings of Wroclaw, a fairytale town that's a must when backpacking Eastern Europe for one month.

Wroclaw was absolutely one of my favorite places to visit in Eastern Europe!

An adorable, picturesque city straight outta a fairytale, Wroclaw features gorgeous pastel-colored buildings, cute little gnomes dotted around the city, delicious food, cool pubs, and more.

Click here to open a new tab for my 24-hour guide to Wroclaw, Poland.

Day 6-9: Prague, Czech Republic

A far off view of the Charles Bridge in Prague, Czech Republic.

In addition to the best things to do in Prague above (click here to see the list), an extra day in Prague gives you the freedom and time to either do more things in the city or head out on a day trip!

I personally recommend doing a day trip to the infamous Bone Church in Kutna Hora. You can find my guide on how to do a day trip by train to that cool destination here !

Day 10-11: Bratislava, Slovakia

A building with detailed architecture in Bratislava, Slovakia.

In my humble opinion, Bratislava is one of the most underrated cities in Eastern Europe! Many skip over this little capital when traveling from Prague or Vienna to Budapest but it is SO worth a visit.

Bratislava is the capital of Slovakia but it’s so small it gives the feel of a small town (which I love!). Since it’s so small, you can spend little time here yet see tons.

Best Things to Do in Bratislava, Slovakia:

  • Visit Bratislava Castle (and walk the beautiful gardens!)
  • Explore the historic Bratislava city center
  • Eat some delicious vegan food (Bratislava is surprisingly awesome for veggie travelers!)
  • Admire St Elizabeth’s Church (Blue Church)
  • Check out St. Martin’s Cathedral
  • Wander about looking at all the gorgeous colored buildings
  • Look for the statues dotted around the Old Town

Personally, when Dan and I visited, we went on a free tour with our hostel ( Wild Elephants )! I highly recommend you do the same to see the best of Bratislava in a short amount of time.

Where to Stay in Bratislava:

  • Budget : Wild Elephants Hostel • €11-15 — OR — DREAM Hostel Bratislava • €12-16
  • Mid-Range : Zeitlos boutique hostel • €18-20 — OR — Downtown Apartment Nicole • €34-40
  • Higher-End : Apartman Sv. Urban • €53-59 — OR — VIP Apartments • €73-81
  • Luxury : Arcadia Boutique Hotel • €95-191 — OR — Radisson Blu Carlton Hotel • €122-383

Day 11-14: Budapest, Hungary

Dan, Sophie's boyfriend, sitting alongside the Danube in Budapest with Buda Castle in the background.

In addition to the list of the best things to do in Budapest above, with an extra day you can either explore more of the city and have a more relaxed time, or you can choose to do a couple day trips to fill the time.

Here are some Budapest day trips & tours I recommend:

  • Half-Day Etyek Wine Tour from Budapest
  • Danube Bend & Szentendre with Lunch: Day Tour from Budapest
  • Szentendre Half-Day Tour from Budapest
  • Budapest: Underground Caving Adventure Tour

After reading the 1-week and 10-day Eastern Europe itinerary ideas above, you might be wondering… what is the best way to get around Eastern Europe?

As someone who has traveled Europe several times now, I highly recommend either trains or buses to get between destinations!

Here are my two top ways to book Eastern Europe transportation:

  • Flixbus — A ridiculously affordable bus operator that basically goes between every city in Europe. Whether you need to get a short bus to Budapest from Prague or a longer, overnight bus from Berlin to Munich, Flixbus probably offers that bus journey!
  • The Trainline — Hands down one of the best sites to search and find the cheapest train tickets. Not to mention, their app is great for paperless tickets!

1-Month Eastern Europe Itinerary

If you have the time, this is my absolute favorite itinerary for Eastern Europe. Not only do you have the opportunity to see more, you get to travel slower, which is a big part of traveling sustainably . Cool, right?

Additionally, I left a couple days spare for you to play with. This could mean you spend a day or two more in a city you really enjoy or you could travel more slowly between places for even cheaper transportation.

Day 1-3: Warsaw, Poland

The main square of Warsaw, Poland.

Click here to take a look at the list above for things to do in Warsaw and where to stay!

Day 4-7: Krakow, Poland

The fenced wall and one of the many cold brick buildings of the Auschwitz Concentration Camp, a must-visit attraction in Eastern Europe.

Click here to take a look at the list above for things to do in Krakow and where to stay!

Although, with a few days in Krakow, try passing the time with one of these day trips and tours:

  • Full Day Tour from Krakow to Auschwitz-Birkenau Concentration Camps
  • Creepy Krakow: 2-Hour City Walking Tour
  • Full-Day Zakopane & Tatra Mountains Guided Tour (SO awesome!)
  • Half-Day Salt Mine Tour and Schindler’s Factory

Day 7-9: Wroclaw, Poland

Fairytale buildings with picturesque architecture in Wroclaw, Poland.

Click here to read my Wroclaw, Poland travel guide, where you’ll find the best things to do and where to stay!

Day 9-14: Prague, Czech Republic

A towering church with gothic architecture, found in the Prague Castle neighborhood.

Ample time in Prague gives you more time to see this beautiful city! With 4 full days in Prague, you can relax and chill out, as well as see and explore a bunch of awesome sites, attractions, and more.

If you want to explore Prague with a tour or do a day trip, check out these:

  • Český Krumlov Full-Day Trip from Prague
  • 6 Hour Best of Prague Tour: Castle, Jewish Quarter, Cruise & Lunch
  • Prague: Ghosts and Legends 1.5-Hour Walking Tour
  • Kutna Hora & Bone Chapel Tour from Prague

None of those interest you? Take a look at more Prague tours here !

Day 14-16: Vienna, Austria

A magnificent square with gorgeous greenery and a large building in the background.

Although you could spend multiple days seeing the best of what Vienna has to offer, it’s a pretty darn expensive city so I recommend limiting your time here to save some dollars.

On the flip side, if you do have a good-sized budget for backpacking Eastern Europe, spend more time here! It’s a beautiful city.

Best Things to Do in Vienna, Austria:

  • Marvel at Schönbrunn Palace (don’t forget to walk around the magnificent gardens!)
  • Visit St. Stephen’s Cathedral (go up to the top for a great view!)
  • Admire the Rathaus (aka the Vienna Town Hall)
  • Check out Hofburg Palace
  • Visit the Belvedere Museum
  • Explore the Vienna Natural History Museum
  • Wander about the Naschmarkt

Where to Stay in Vienna:

  • Budget : CH-Hostel • €35-47 — OR — Pension Dr. Geissler • €49-144
  • Mid-Range : CH-Wellnessapartments • €89-114 — OR — Hotel Josefshof am Rathaus • €92-281
  • Higher-End : City Pension Stephansplatz • €131-249 — OR — Boutique Hotel Das Tigra • €124-310
  • Luxury : Steigenberger Hotel Herrenhof • €205-921 — OR — Park Hyatt Vienna • €409 – a ridiculous amount

Want to explore the city with some tours? Check out some here !

Day 16-18: Bratislava, Slovakia

A view from up above of a small, winding street in Bratislava, Slovakia.

Click here to read my list of the best things to do in Bratislava and where to stay above.

Day 18-21: Budapest, Hungary

A view overlooking the city of Budapest, captured from St. Stephen's Basilica.

Click here to read my list of the best things to do in Budapest and where to stay above. Or click here to check out my list of Budapest day trips and tour recommendations.

Transportation Between Budapest and Cluj-Napoca

The next destination on this suggested Eastern Europe is Cluj-Napoca in Romania. Keep in mind, Romania is outside the Schengen Area, which means you’ll have your passport stamped when at the Hungary-Romania border.

The train between Budapest and Cluj-Napoca takes around 7-8 hours. This means an all day event (the Romanian countryside is nice to look at) or you can opt for a night train, which means saving money on accommodation.

Alternatively, you can also take a bus between the two destinations . Again, similar to the train, you an opt for a day or night bus. However, the night bus is a lot faster at around 9 hours, whereas the day bus takes around 11.

Day 21-23: Cluj-Napoca, Romania

A photo of a church and colorful buildings in Cluj-Napoca.

A bustling city in central Romania, Cluj-Napoca is hailed for its University and exciting city life, as well as its beautiful churches and cathedrals.

With a beautiful blend of Eastern Europe history and Western Europe modernity, you can find lots of things to do, cool sites, and wondrous attractions here.

Best Things to Do in Cluj-Napoca, Romania:

  • Check out the Cluj-Napoca Art Museum
  • Relax at the Botanical Garden
  • Explore the many churches and cathedrals (St Michael’s Church, Orthodox Metropolitan Cathedral, Piarists’ Church, Reformed Church)
  • Wander the city on an affordable local tour
  • Hike up Cetățuia Hill for a beautiful view of the city
  • Chill out in Central Park (the city’s gorgeous green heart)
  • Discover traditional Romania at the Ethnographic Park Romulus Vuia
  • Learn all things strange medicine at the Pharmacy Museum
  • Uncover ghosts and experience paranormal activities at the Hoia Baciu forest

Where to Stay in Cluj-Napoca:

  • Budget : Zen Hostel by Pura Vida • €10-31 — OR — Retro Hostel • €14-37
  • Mid-Range : Modern Central-Near Unirii Square • €34-54 — OR — Old Central Apartment • €36-42
  • Higher-End : Camino Home • €53-67 — OR — Neo Apartment Eroilor • €52-63
  • Luxury : Luxury Nook • €143 — OR — Cluj Lux Apartment Central • €101-105

Transportation Between Cluj-Napoca and Braşov

Between these two Romanian cities, you can opt for either train or bus. Train takes around 6-7 hours and a bus takes around 5 hours.

Although, as someone who has taken the train, I highly recommend it. It’s super duper slow but you get a sneak peak of the Romanian countryside (which is extremely beautiful, IMO).

Day 22-25: Braşov, Romania

The main square in Brasov, Romania.

Want to visit a fairytale town? (Other than Wroclaw, Poland, that is. 😉)

Head to Braşov and you’ll step foot into a magical land filled with cute little buildings, beautiful architecture, traditional Romanian settings, and, yes, even mysterious vampires (ever heard of Dracula?)!

Known as the gateway to Transylvania, Braşov is one of my favorite destinations and a must-visit on any Eastern Europe itinerary.

Best Things to Do in Braşov, Romania:

  • Explore Piata Sfatului, Braşov’s main square
  • Visit the Biserica Neagra (Black Church), which is the largest Gothic Church in Eastern Europe
  • Hike up Tampa Mountain for a gorgeous view (you can also ride the cable car up if you’re not into hiking)
  • Walk the narrowest street in Europe (Strada Sforii, aka String Street)
  • Marvel Catherine’s Gate and Braşov’s Medieval Walls
  • Simply stroll through the picturesque streets of Braşov

Where to Stay in Braşov:

  • Budget : Old Downtown Hostel • €10-12 — OR — Boemia Hostel • €12-13
  • Mid-Range : Studio Brasov • €25-30 — OR — All Season Studios • €36-44
  • Higher-End : Casa Veche • €51-65 — OR — Hotel Bella Muzica • €50-94
  • Luxury : Superb Historical Center Brașov • €97-141 — OR — Vila Katharina • €81-122

Pro Tip : Braşov isn’t massive so if you have seen all you want to see in the city, venture out and do a day trip to Bran Castle (aka Dracula’s Castle), the Libearty Bear Sanctuary Zarnesti , traditional Romanian villages, or even into the Carpathian Mountains for some killer views.

Here are some highly-rated tours I recommend:

  • From Brasov: Tour of Castles and Surrounding Area
  • Romanian Mountain Villages Day Tour
  • Bear Sanctuary and Bran Castle Day Trip
  • Chauffeur Service in Brasov: You Decide where to Go

A curious bear in the Libearty Bear Sanctuary, located near Brasov in the small village of Zarnesti, Romania.

Day 25-28: Bucharest, Romania

The beautiful Stavropoleos Church, a must-see when visiting Bucharest on a 1-month Eastern Europe backpacking adventure.

The glorious capital of Romania, Bucharest has tons to offer in terms of awesome things to do, cool sites, and mesmerizing attractions. Not to mention, loads of food options!

In fact, due to its beautiful architecture, classical art, ample green space, cute little cafes and eateries, and captivating history, Bucharest is sometimes referred to as the Paris of Eastern Europe. Even cooler, the city was literally modeled after Paris (the French architecture is abundant!).

Best Things to Do in Bucharest, Romania:

  • Admire the Palace of Parliament (the second largest building in the world after the Pentagon)
  • Wander about the Old Town
  • Marvel at the history and architecture of Victoriei Avenue
  • Take a step back in time and visit some of Bucharest’s churches (a few of the best are Stavropoleos, Coltea, Zlatari, Bucur, and Radu Voda)
  • Relax and stroll through the local parks (there’s a lot to choose from!)
  • Visit the Village Museum to get a peak at traditional Romanian life
  • Go on a free walking tour!

Where to Stay in Bucharest:

  • Budget : Antique Hostel • €8-38 — OR — Hostel Bauhaus Bucharest • €16-38
  • Mid-Range : Vila Ana • €33-57 — OR — Anathea Apartment • €36-40
  • Higher-End : Filitti Boutique Hotel • €58-110 — OR — Concorde Old Bucharest Hotel • €70-150
  • Luxury : Hilton Garden Inn Bucharest • €107-200 — OR — Hotel Cismigiu • €109-158

Holy freakin’ moly, what a whopper of a blog post, amirite?

There’s a lot of info packed in these suggested 10-day, 2-week, and 1-month Eastern Europe itineraries but I truly hope they help you figure out where you want to visit!

Are you considering backpacking or traveling Eastern Europe soon? Or just looking for some inspiration? If you have any questions or need some other tips, stick ’em in the comments below!

Not sure what to check out next? Readers love these posts:

  • The ultimate winter packing list for Europe
  • 11 essentials to pack for a first trip to Europe
  • The best list of awesome things to do in Salzburg, Austria
  • 6 lucrative ways to make real money while traveling
  • Top sites I use to score cheap flights

Like this post on the ultimate Eastern Europe itineraries? Pin it!

Looking for the ultimate Eastern Europe travel itinerary? A magnificent place for wowing architecture, delicious food, beautiful sites, and more, if you're thinking of backpacking Eastern Europe then you need to take a look at these suggested itineraries to help plan your trip.

As mentioned above, this post contains affiliate links. Which means if you make a purchase through the links, this site receives a small commission at no extra cost to you. This helps us continue bringing you wanderful inspiration! Read our full disclosure here .

' src=

Related Posts

best 1 month backpacking trips

The Best 14-Day Greek Island Hopping Itinerary (2024 Guide)

best 1 month backpacking trips

Visiting Balos Beach on the Greek island of Crete

best 1 month backpacking trips

Discovering the Adriatic gems of Dubrovnik, Kotor and Budva

Article comments.

' src=

Kovalska Natali

If your time is limited but you want to get the most out of your trip in Europe, take a look at this itinerary. Everything is easily reachable by train.

' src=

Dinesh Chandel

Planning to do 2 weeks eastern eruope tour…we are school mates aged 45 , 11 in numbers, who do reunions abroad…

We prefer nature, partying, adventure activities, ……def not into meausum and religious place visiting….

We intend to start from Istanbul, do Hungary, Romania, Ukraine …etc….

Inputs highly appreciated..

We would prefer budget model for exploration..

Thanks and regards

' src=

Hey Dinesh! Sounds like a fun trip! I’ve never been to Istanbul or Ukraine so I can’t recommend or give my opinion on those destinations but I can highly recommend Romania for outdoor adventures, mountains, hiking, etc. and Hungary for cultural activities, sightseeing, and delicious food scenes. Both Romania and Hungary are budget-friendly so you won’t have any trouble there! Additionally, if you’re looking for exceptional adventure activities, consider heading up to the Tatra Mountains between the border of Poland and Slovakia — beautiful landscapes and lots of hiking opportunities!

' src=

lisa barrows

' src=

Determining the travel time, train route and destinations are important first steps to your Interrail adventure. We advise you to look at these steps before buying your Interrail pass. After all, you can decide which ticket suits you best when you know all your destinations beforehand. There are many Interrail passes you can choose from, and all of them differ in terms of validity and number of travel days. Some passes are valid in one country, but there are also tickets that you can use to travel with Interrail throughout Europe. You can buy a ticket which allows you to travel throughout Europe for 10, 15 and 22 days or even 1 to 2 months.

' src=

Very detailed itinerary giving three options. Should be bookmarked for an easy reference to the travel to Eastern Europe region

' src=

Vaskar Bhattacharya

Thanks for the captivating source of information.

Just wanted to enquire about the budget for a 10-day solo trip to Eastern Europe. Do you conduct the same?

I am from India (Kolkata to be precise)

' src=

Hi Thanks for the detailed itenary for three options i can choose last option i am solo traveller and Just wanted to enquire about the budget for 4 weeks or month do conduct the same or suggestion plz

i am from india (Hyderabad)

Leave a Comment Cancel Comment

Sign me up for The Wanderful Me newsletter!

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

The Backpacker Network

Europe Backpacker

Backpacking Europe Routes: 4 Epic Itineraries!

Backpacking Europe Routes

If you’re planning the Euro backpacking trip of your dreams but don’t know where to start, fear not! We’ve put together four Europe backpacking routes that appeal to different interests and types of travelers – the ‘Grand Tour’ of most commonly-visited places; a history buff’s guide to Southern Europe, a budget guide to Eastern Europe and for those of you who just can’t stop traveling, an epic around the continent route at the end!

These handpicked Europe itineraries will suit all kinds of travelers, from those on a blow-out gap year to backpackers who want to get the most adventure for their buck. Sit back and grab a cuppa as we’re about to take you on a whirlwind tour of Europe. 

Related: (opens in new tab)

  • How Much Does it Cost to Backpack Europe?
  • A Guide to Visas for Europe
  • Amazing Hostels in Europe for Backpackers

Top Europe Backpacking Trips: 4 Travel Itineraries

While you may associate backpacking through Europe with train travel and dormitory-style hostels, it’s been a rite of passage since the 18th century, when young people (mostly men) would spend a few years traveling around ‘The Continent’ prior to fully joining society. This was seen as a capstone educational experience – both in terms of seeing classical antiquity up close and interacting with new and different situations, people, and challenges.

This is still the case today too. While Europe’s countless museums , cuisines, and cultural contributions make it a premier travel destination, long-haul travel is also a fantastic way to learn about yourself. 

There are countless combinations of countries, sights, and transit options for a backpacking trip in Europe, and it can be easy to get overwhelmed. The itineraries we’ve mapped out below are very customizable for this very reason. You can add more destinations, or stop a route partway through depending on how much time you have. 

Carcassone

We recommend not squeezing in too much as things will start to blur together and you may find yourself getting fatigued. If you’re limited on time (say, you only have a month or so), pick your favorite neighboring countries to explore in-depth. That way, you’ll still get a bit of the backpacking experience, but you won’t run yourself ragged.

As you plan your Europe backpacking route, consider the best time to visit each place . Southern Europe in particular gets very hot and very busy in the summertime but is very comfortable in the winter. The Low Countries are very gray and rainy in the fall and winter but have mild and lovely summers. 

Relatedly, countries like Austria and Switzerland, as well as the Scandinavian region, are typically not considered budget-friendly destinations. Depending on your funds, you may want to plan to spend a bit less time in these countries or forgo them entirely if you’re sticking to shoestring style travel. Off-season travel can also be a way to save if you can be flexible with dates!

If you’re travelling solo and are nervous about the safety aspect of your trip, we urge you not to worry. There are a number of really safe European countries with excellent tourist infrastructure in place. This means that you can backpack worry-free!

1. Western Europe Backpacking Route: The ‘Grand Tour’

Western Europe backpacking route

This tour starts in London because Heathrow is a great international hub for incoming flights, but we encourage you to shop around a bit and see if another city (like Paris, Frankfurt, or Amsterdam) is a cheaper place for you to start. 

England  

London is one of the world’s premier cities. It’s absolutely massive and would take months to explore in full. As such, it’s good to prioritize based on your budget and interests. First-time visitors usually hit the following sites: 

  • Westminster Abbey
  • Buckingham Palace (the residence of the Queen) and its changing of the guard ceremony for royal enthusiasts
  • The Houses of Parliament
  • Number 10 Downing Street
  • The Churchill War Rooms for fans of politics
  • Big Ben clock tower
  • The (free!) British Museum
  • The Victoria and Albert Museum
  • The Tower of London (home to the Crown Jewels)
  • The National Gallery
  • Covent Garden and Neal’s Yard 
  • Piccadilly Circus
  • Notting Hill for its Portobello Road Market

If you’d like to stay in England a bit longer, consider some cozy cottage time in the Cotswolds , a football match and a few pints in Liverpool or Manchester , or some seaside charm in Brighton . You can also visit famed educational institutions at Oxford and Cambridge , as well as Roman-era baths in Bath . 

Glasgow has great art galleries, like the notable Kelvingrove Art Gallery and Museum. It’s the largest city in Scotland, particularly known for an architecture style that mixes Art Nouveau and Victorian styles. 

Edinburgh , Scotland’s capital, is a great student city, with all sorts of things to do. Trek up Arthur’s Seat or Calton Hill, visit the Edinburgh Castle and don’t forget to check out both the Old Town and New Town.

See more: Edinburgh itineraries.

Other great places to backpack in Scotland include Inverness , Dundee , and of course, Loch Ness where you can go monster hunting! The Cairngorms and Glencoe have beautiful mountains for hiking, and fans of critters will love the puffins, ponies, and otters on the Shetland Islands . 

Loch Ness

Ireland and Northern Ireland

Dublin , Ireland’s capital, has castles, museums, cathedrals, universities, and of course, great pub culture in the Temple Bar area. St. Stephen’s Green and Phoenix Park are beautiful emerald green spaces, and the Guinness headquarters is here as well. 

Galway is an easy day trip from Dublin by bus and is a great example of relaxed, charming Irish life. The home to the Claddagh ring, its Latin Quarter still has medieval city walls, and the city is quaint and adorable.  

Many visitors flock to the astounding Cliffs of Moher in County Clare, which offer 14 kilometers of sea cliffs along the Wild Atlantic Way.

If you’d like to spend more time in Ireland, the Aran Islands , or smaller cities or counties like Cork , Killarney , and Sligo are good options. Ireland also has fabulous nature to explore and ample national parks for hiking, swimming, and outdoor fun. 

Northern Ireland is also a destination to consider, famous for the gorgeous Giant’s Causeway. A quick stop at the beautiful capital of Belfast is also highly recommended.

The Netherlands

Amsterdam is perhaps best known for its tolerant attitude towards partying, prostitution, and recreational drug use, but it’s so much more than that. 

The canal area (Grachtengordel) is like stepping into the Golden Age, the museum district (home to the Rijksmuseum, van Gogh Museum, and more) is world-class, and the funkier Noord and West districts allow you more of a taste of local life. Haarlem is just 15 minutes away by train and offers much of what Amsterdam does so well (in terms of cute houses, cute canals, and cute cafes) with a lot less chaos. 

Amsterdam

Rotterdam was bombed almost to nonexistence in World War II, so it’s one of the only cities in the Netherlands that doesn’t have the Golden Age architecture. Instead, it is modern and utterly cool, a stark departure from the rest of the country. 

If you’re visiting in the spring, don’t miss the world-famous tulips in bloom at the Keukenhof or other family-owned farms in the Lisse area. 

Other lovely day trips in the Netherlands include Giethoorn , called the ‘Venice of the Netherlands’ for its extensive canal system; the cheese market in Alkmaar ; the collection of windmills in Zaanse Schans ; Utrecht , a quaint college town with ‘double-decker’ canals; the hub of human rights in The Hague ; pottery and history in Delft ; or the North Frisian Islands on the Wadden Sea for super-cool seascapes and sand dunes, namely Texel . 

Don’t miss these Amsterdam itineraries written by our resident writer!

The capital of Belgium , Brussels has a chic and cosmopolitan vibe. You can’t miss the Grand Place with its stunning guildhalls, as well as the Town Hall. Belgians are also well-known for fries and waffles, treats to indulge in on any visit!  

History enthusiasts will enjoy visiting the historic diamond district in Antwerp , as well as the Ardennes , the site of the Battle of the Bulge in World War II. For your dose of medieval charm, check out Ghent or Bruges , which aren’t too far from Brussels.

Luxembourg is a great day trip if you’re passing through en route to France or Germany. It has medieval fortifications, a cute old town called the Grund, and a fascinating interconnected tunnel network called the Bock Casemates. You can see the city from above from the Chemin de la Corniche viewpoint. 

If you’d like to stay longer, other cute cities include Clervaux , the medieval castle in Vianden , and the historic abbey at Echternach . 

luxembourg

Berlin has fantastic clubs and nightlife, a wide range of museums on Museum Island, and a variety of historical monuments, including the Brandenburg Gate and the Memorial to the Murdered Jews of Europe. 

It has a very different vibe to other German and European cities, much grittier and more modern, and is also quite budget-friendly. Close by on the metro, visit Potsdam for your dose of royal life, with its beautiful Sanssouci Palace and park. 

Munich is a popular destination for tourists, and for good reason. Bavarian culture is perhaps what most foreigners associate with Germany , and you can have your fill of beers, pretzels, and German pub culture here. While away an afternoon at the English Garden, and don’t miss the Nymphenburg Palace and Gardens.

Frankfurt is a banking capital and financial center, as well as being the home of the European Central Bank. It also has a lot to offer tourists in terms of museums and culture. Note that this may be a good hub to fly into, as it is home to one of Europe’s largest airports.

As you can see on a map, Germany is quite large! If you like German culture or want to brush up on your German language skills, this is a great place to spend some extra time if you have it. 

Other popular cities in Germany include Hamburg , Düsseldorf, Stuttgart, Nuremberg, Heidelberg, and Hanover. Baden Baden and Freiburg in the Black Forest are beautiful as well, and there are myriad quaint small towns in the countryside to enjoy. 

Czech Republic

Prague is nicknamed ‘the City of a Hundred Spires,’ due to its baroque Old Town and surrounding Gothic churches. While a relatively small city, it’s one of the most popular tourist destinations due to its quaint and compact center. Don’t miss the Astronomical Clock show and the iconic Charles Bridge, which dates back to the 1400s.

Český Krumlov is best known for its castle and mix of baroque, Renaissance, and Gothic styles. For more modernist architecture, check out Brno . If you’d like to visit the home of one of the world’s most popular beers, check out Pilsen .

best 1 month backpacking trips

Vienna is another historical heavyweight, with loads of cultural contributions and museums. It is very calm and quiet for a large city, and you’ll enjoy strolling through its parks and gardens, including the Hapsburg summer residence at Schönbrunn.

Salzburg packs quite a punch for a small town. While perhaps most famous as the setting for the iconic film The Sound of Music , it is also the birthplace of Mozart and has a fantastic medieval fortification called the Hohensalzburg Fortress. Don’t miss the great vegan food available here !

Fans of winter sports will enjoy skiing at Soelden , Saalbach , and Lech , in addition to the winter dreamland at Innsbruck . Many visitors also flock to Hallstatt for the classic view of the church reflected on the water. 

Milan is one of the world’s fashion capitals and home to the Duomo of Milan, one of the world’s most iconic churches. Nearby Lake Como is a haunt of the rich and famous during the summer months, but is lovely off-season as well (and cheaper!)

Rome is a must-stop on any European backpacking route, for fantastic cuisine, awe-inspiring history, and beautiful fountains. Don’t miss the Colosseum, the Roman Forum, and the Pantheon for history, and the Trevi Fountain, Piazza Navona, and Spanish Steps for iconic photo opportunities. St. Peter’s Square and Basilica are iconic Catholic sites, and the Vatican Museums hold many treasures. 

Venice is a one-of-a-kind place, built exclusively on canals. The Doge’s Palace, St. Mark’s Basilica (and its resident pigeons), and yearly Carnival celebrations attract a lot of visitors, and you can’t miss the Grand Canal and Rialto Bridge. Keep in mind it gets very muggy (sometimes stinky) and crowded in the summertime.

Florence, San Gimignano, Lucca, Siena, and broader Tuscany are in a class all their own, with rolling countryside, Renaissance icons like Michelangelo’s David and the Duomo cathedral, and wonderful cuisine and wine. A quick pit stop in Pisa to see its iconic Leaning Tower is never a bad idea while you’re in the area.

In the south, check out Naples, Sorrento , and the Amalfi Coast for a bit of a seaside escape. Neapolitan pizza is arguably the world’s most famous and originated here. Nearby Pompeii is quite a sight to behold, totally buried under the eruption of Mt. Vesuvius in 79 AD. Alternatively, consider Cinque Terre for a similar vibe to the Amalfi Coast. 

There are countless things to do in Italy , and it may be best to prioritize based on what you like best – history, the outdoors, the coast, etc. as well as your budget. While cities like Rome, Florence, and Venice are considered must-sees, customize the rest of your time in Italy with a mix of other things. 

Rome Trevi Fountain

Landscapes, cultural contributions, weather, and dialects vary hugely depending on where you are, and you’ll want to get a good mix in order to make the most of your trip. In general, southern Italy is much cheaper than northern Italy. 

Switzerland

Switzerland is a very pricey location, and as such, may be a country to skip unless you have your heart set on certain destinations. Geneva and Zurich are its most popular destinations, for beautiful lake views and glamorous city life. Its smaller cities, like Basel , Lucerne , and Lausanne are lovely as well, with Interlaken a hub for winter sports fans.

Paris is another of the must-sees on any Europe backpacking itinerary. Similarly to London or Rome, you could spend months in Paris easily, so it’s important to prioritize based on your budget and preferences. Don’t forget, there are plenty of free things to do in Paris too!

Alongside its most popular attractions like the Eiffel Tower, the Louvre, the Arc de Triomphe, and the Notre-Dame Cathedral, don’t miss Sacre Coeur and the Moulin Rouge in the iconic Montmartre neighborhood; the Latin Quarter; shopping (or window-shopping) along the Champs-Elysées; the Luxembourg and Tuileries gardens; and its variety of other museums, like the d’Orsay, the Orangerie, and the Pompidou. 

Versailles is an easy day trip from Paris as well. If you’re spending a lot of time in museums, consider buying a museum pass. It includes a surprising wealth of museums, and if you plan accordingly it will save you a lot of money. 

To get out of the big city, consider spending some time in Provence on the Cote d’Azur or Nice on the French Riviera. Both are fairly posh locales, but possible to do on a budget with some planning. 

Wine fans can flock to Burgundy or Bordeaux , and film aficionados to Cannes . The beaches at Normandy are a sobering and reflective place, and in the intriguing Alsace-Lorraine region, don’t miss the half-timbered houses in quaint Strasbourg , Kaysersberg , or Colmar . 

Also read: Top Destinations for Wine in Europe .

Madrid is a hub of culture, from the amazing art museum El Prado to its wide boulevards and romantic Buen Retiro park. You can also check out the Royal Palace, home to Spain’s royal family, the main square in Plaza Mayor, or catch a Real Madrid game at Santiago Bernabéu Stadium. Don’t miss the delicious ‘Chocolate y Churros’ at the San Miguel Market. 

Barcelona , the capital of the semi-autonomous Catalonia region, is home to whimsical architecture from native sons Gaudí and Miró , like the Park Guell, Casa Batlló, and Sagrada Familia church. Another church you shouldn’t miss is the iconic Cathedral of the Sea or Maria del Mar. The famous shopping area La Rambla is home to Mercado de la Boqueria, where you can get lots of fresh juices and other goodies. 

Sevilla is a regal place, boasting the sprawling Plaza de España, a massive gothic cathedral, and Royal Alcázar palace. The former Moorish presence is quite felt here in converted architecture like La Giralda, a former minaret-turned belltower. Sevilla is also the birthplace of flamenco dancing, so be sure to catch that while you’re in town. 

Overall, the south of Spain is a particularly wonderful part of the country, with a relaxed vibe, amazing cuisine, and the bonus of being a bit more budget-friendly. 

Granada, Spain

Check out Valencia, Córdoba, Granada , Ronda, and Málaga for sunshine, citrus fruit, and stunning historical sites like the Mezquita in Córdoba and the Alhambra in Granada . 

For something different, consider spending some time in Bilbao and San Sebastián in the Basque Country, beautiful and modern cities with museums and skyscrapers. Relatedly, one of Europe’s most popular hikes is in this area: the Camino de Santiago . While formerly a religious pilgrimage, many people undertake this journey for non-religious reasons. There are places to stay each night and you can walk anywhere from a day to several weeks. 

If you’re seeking a beach-and-partying break, the beaches in the Canary Islands or the Balearics, like Ibiza, Tenerife , and Majorca . can’t be beaten. Keep in mind transport and lodging can get very pricey in the wintertime, as these boast some of the warmest temperatures in the region. 

Lisbon is a fantastic budget destination, with great weather, delicious cuisine, and a laid-back vibe. The iconic yellow streetcars are a quaint way to travel, or you can trek up the hills to the breathtaking São Jorge Castle for sweeping city views. Don’t miss the lovely azulejo tiles adorning the buildings, and the cool fortifications at Belem Tower and Jerónimos Monastery.   

Close to Lisbon, don’t miss the unbelievable castle and gardens at Sintra . Porto has a cute, cobblestoned medieval district and (of course) fantastic port, and Faro boasts Moorish walls and a great gateway to the rest of the beautiful Algarve region. 

Athens is a vibrant ‘old-meets-new’ place, boasting ancient relics like the Acropolis complex and the Parthenon, amid a great food scene, parks, and gardens.

The Greek Islands are a really special destination suitable for all sorts of backpackers. Party animals will love Mykonos, while Santorini’s white-and-blue buildings are a common bucket-list destination. Milos and Paros are a bit more off-the-beaten-path, and Crete is quite large, perhaps giving you more bang for your buck. Keep in mind the Greek Islands are not often a budget destination, so if you’re traveling shoestring consider planning ahead and comparing transportation options.    

Samaria Gorge, Greece

2. Southern Europe Backpacking Route: The ‘History Buff’

Southern Europe Backpacking Route

History buffs will love Southern Europe for its jaw-dropping array of ancient ruins, medieval fortifications, art, and beyond. 

Southern Spain has a wealth of historical attractions. In Andalucía alone you have the  Mezquita in Córdoba , the Alcazaba in Málaga , the Real Alcazar in Sevilla , the Alhambra in Granada , and Baños Árabes and Puente Nuevo in Ronda . Outside of Andalucía, Tarragona has a Roman Amphitheare, and Cádiz has the Castillo de Santa Ana, as well as a storied naval history.

Southern France has Roman history, Gallic history, papal history, and beyond, with innumerable sites to check out. Visit the iconic double-walled medieval fortifications in Carcassonne ; canals and chateaus in Annecy ; scenes of papal intrigue in Avignon and Orange ; the site of a 2nd-century fortified town in Uzès ; the ‘red city’ of Albi ; Roman ruins in Nîmes ; and The Calanques from the fortifications of Cassis . 

Larger cities in southern France are chock-full of history as well. Arles is one of the oldest cities in France and pre-dates the Romans. Marseilles was originally founded by the Greeks and is thought to be the oldest city in France. Toulouse changed hands from the Visigoths to the Merovingian and Carolingian Franks, originally known as Tolosa in Roman times.

Check out the Bonifacio Citadel and Citadelle de Calvi, as well as Napoleon’s birthplace in Corsica (part of France.)

Italy has a wealth of historical attractions, and not just in Rome. After you’ve seen the Colosseum, the Appian Way, the Forum, and beyond in Rome , be sure to check out some sites in the rest of the country. 

Pantheon

In southern Italy, check out the scene of the volcanic eruption at Pompeii and Herculaneum, lovingly-preserved Doric-style temples at Paestum; ancient cave dwellings at Matera ; and intriguing stone huts in Alberobello . For Napoleon buffs, you can also visit Elba , where he was exiled in 1814.

Sicily has a wealth of ancient sites and offers a great bang for your buck for a Euro backpacking trip. Agrigento is famous for its Valley of the Temples, and the Villa Romana del Casale outside Piazza Armerina boasts one of the most complete mosaics collections in existence today. 

Siracusa and nearby Ortigia Island also have large complexes of ruins in excellent conditions, well worth at least a day or two to explore. For other standalone sites on the island, consider the Tempio di Segesta in Trapani , the Cathedral in Palermo ; the Necropolis of Pantalica ; and Taormina’s Greek theater.

UNESCO describes Valletta, Malta as “one of the most concentrated historical areas in the world.” Established by the Knights of St. John, a Catholic order, Valletta has fabulous gardens, churches, and fortifications dating back to the 1500s. Even older than Valletta is Mdina , the capital of Malta before the arrival of the Knights. 

Malta

It goes without saying that a large draw of Greece is its historical offerings, similarly to Italy. As mentioned in the itinerary above, you can’t miss the Acropolis and Parthenon complex in Athens , and the country is littered with other ancient sites of interest. 

A small selection of your endless historical options include:

  • Byzantine frescoes in Mystras
  • The Oracle at Delphi
  • Eastern Orthodox monasteries atop spindly rock formations in Meteora
  • The site of the original Olympic Games at Olympia
  • The canals at Corinth
  • The world’s oldest city in Knossos , Crete
  • The Ancient Theatre at the Sanctuary of Asclepius in Epidaurus
  • The Mycenae archaeological site of Trojan War fame
  • Delos , the birthplace of Apollo 
  • The remains of the walled city of Philippi
  • The site of the Battle of Thermopylae

North Macedonia

Similar to Greece, North Macedonia has much to offer the history buff. The area around Skopje offers fortresses, bridges, and a market dating back to the 12th century. There is also a Byzantine fortified town at Bargala , the ‘Jerusalem of the Baltics’ in Ohrid , the archaeological site of Tauresium in Gradište , and another fabulous fortress in Isar .

3. Eastern Europe Backpacking Route: The ‘Budget Maximizer’

Eastern Europe backpacking route

Eastern Europe is known for being a budget-friendly destination, and this is definitely true. The region is also chock-full of amazing cities, nature, and things to do and explore so it’s a win-win for aspiring backpackers! 

You can start this tour in the Czech Republic, flying into Prague and following the Grand Tour itinerary for Prague, Český Krumlov, Brno , and beyond . From there, head to Slovakia! 

Slovakia has the most castles per capita in Europe, and its capital of Bratislava has a charming old town that is pedestrian-only, lined with cute shops and restaurants. In addition to its castle and castle ruins, it also has majestic churches in different styles.

Košice dates back to the 13th century, and you can still visit the medieval city walls, with the largest preserved historic city center in Slovakia. Today, it is mainly known for steel production, but its historic center is arguably the best in the country. 

For some nature, go bear-watching in the High Tatras National Park or hiking in the aptly-named Slovak Paradise National Park .

Hungary is also a great alternative in which to start this Europe backpacking route, flying into the large hub of Budapest . Budapest is an absolutely fantastic city, with a variety of attractions at a great price point. 

The city is on a geographic fault line, so you have lots of options for thermal baths: check out Instagram-hyped Szechenyi, avoid the tourists at less popular but equally gorgeous Gellert, or have a truly local experience at Lukacs. 

Don’t miss the jaw-dropping Hungarian Parliament building, stroll along the Fisherman’s Bastion and Matthias Church, and explore both Buda and Pest via the Széchenyi Chain Bridge. Have a beer at one of Budapest’s ruin bars, filled with all sorts of oddities, and try some Hungarian goodies at the Central Market Hall. 

For a less urban experience, check out serene Lake Balaton , try some local wines in caves in the Valley of the Beautiful Women in Eger , or cycle around quaint Szentendre .

Budapest

Slovenia is also a great destination for those seeking a mix of smaller, beautiful cities and lots of nature opportunities. Capital Ljubljana has a similar vibe to Prague and Budapest (with lovely castles, parks, bridges, and museums), and Piran is famous for Venetian architecture along the Adriatic coast. 

Arguably the most popular location in Slovenia is Lake Bled and its iconic Bled Island and church, surrounded by surreal turquoise water. The Julian Alps surround the lake and are a great, nearby location for hiking. 

Croatia has long been a favorite destination for backpackers due to low prices and few tourists. However, Game of Thrones has led to large crowds visiting very small Dubrovnik (AKA Kings’ Landing.) 

Split is also on the Adriatic Sea and is fairly similar, but a bit bigger. This can lead to more reasonable accommodation prices and a bit more breathing room. Croatia’s capital, Zagreb , is also worth a visit for very different architecture to Split and Dubrovnik in a more Austro-Hungarian style, and also boasts the beautiful Medvednica area just north of the city. 

Dubrovnik

For natural splendor, nothing beats Plitvice Lakes National Park , a series of gorgeous turquoise lakes linked quasi-vertically by waterfalls. There are also all sorts of beaches in Croatia if you’d like to take a few days to relax by the water, like Golden Horn Beach ‘ s world-famous white sand. 

Montenegro is a great destination for budget travelers and an ideal place for those seeking something a bit less touristy, but still gorgeous. The area around Kotor resembles a Scandinavian fjord, and the Stari Grad (Old Town) and city walls are fantastic to scramble around.

The capital Podgorica isn’t as exciting as other Eastern European capitals but has a cool clock tower and proximity to Lake Skadar National Park . If you want to splash out a bit, consider a visit to resort island Sveti Stefan , one of the most popular destinations in the country. 

Serbia is often overlooked in favor of Croatia and Montenegro but is absolutely worth a visit. Capital city Belgrade is lovely, with competing Roman, Ottoman, Byzantine, and Austro-Hungarian influences as well as great green spaces and cuisine. Novi Sad has the Petrovaradin Fortress and its network of tunnels, as well as very different architecture and vibes to Belgrade. 

best 1 month backpacking trips

Bulgaria is a treasure, with a long and storied history displayed in its folklore, like traditional dancing and arts and crafts. It is also said to be the birthplace of yogurt! Capital Sofia is a great place to see all of Bulgaria’s cultural attractions, or you can visit Nessebar on the Black Sea for a completely different vibe, and its world-famous Sunny Beach. For history and archaeology fans, check out Plovdiv in southern Bulgaria for Roman ruins. 

Did you know? Bulgaria is one of the cheapest countries in Europe !

Romania is perhaps most famous for its mythical Transylvania region, home to beautiful gateway cities Cluj-Napoca and Brașov , medieval fortified towns like Sighișoara, and world-famous Bran Castle , said to be where Dracula lived. 

In the Bucegi Mountains , hike to natural rock formations Babele and the Sphinx, or go underground for salt mine tours at Salina Turda . Capital Bucharest is known for its massive, Soviet-era Palace of Parliament and Old Town Lipscani district. 

Ukraine also has a variety of places of interest for budget travelers. Capital Kyiv has beautiful Eastern Orthodox-style churches, museums, and a reconstructed medieval gate. Lviv is a great place to see Polish and Austro-Hungarian culture collide, and has a world-famous opera and ballet that may be worth a splurge for tickets. 

For something a bit different, Odesa on the Black Sea is also famous for its opera and ballet, as well as the iconic stairway from The Battleship Potemkin and beautiful sea views. Intrepid travelers may be interested in visiting the nuclear disaster site Chernobyl . A tour to the exclusion zone has been determined to be safe and is possible with an official guide. 

Chernobyl

Poland has a wealth of cities, attractions, and natural wonders to offer travelers. Similar to other countries in the region, it is a great budget destination, with fantastic food, friendly people, and enough museums and cultural contributions to entertain any tourist for years. 

Capital Warsaw suffered a lot of damage in World War II and was almost entirely rebuilt. The Soviet-style buildings aren’t everyone’s cup of tea, but don’t make the mistake of skipping the city! Spend some time eating pierogi, strolling Łazienki Park, visiting the Warsaw Uprising Museum and POLIN Museum, and taking a tour of the Royal Castle as an absolute minimum. 

Cute Krakow is much more popular with tourists for its medieval Rynek Glówny quarter, as well as its proximity to underground marvel Wieliczka salt mine and concentration camp Auschwitz . Poland also has a variety of former German cities with a distinct architectural flair, like Wroclaw , Gdansk , and Gdynia , which are all highly worth a visit. 

In Lithuania, don’t miss baroque capital city Vilnius and nearby Trakai Island for its fairytale castle. At the Curonian Spit , you can see sand dunes that stretch up to 35 meters in height, and those seeking something a bit spookier can visit the sculpture garden at the Hill of Witches. A popular pilgrimage site is the Hill of Crosses , where over 100,000 crosses have been placed over the years. 

Lithuania

Latvia is also an often-underrated country to visit. Its capital Riga has slightly different architecture to its Eastern European contemporaries, with a lot of wood-based and art nouveau buildings at a similarly great price point for budget travelers. 

Nearby Rundāle Palace has a similar aesthetic to Versailles, and Jūrmala is a fantastic resort town that is also close to Riga.

The last stop on this Eastern European tour is in Estonia, a small country with over 1500 small islands. Its capital, Tallinn , has a cute old town with various structures dating back to the 13th century, as well as a medieval fortification tower called Kiek in de Kök. 

Seaside resort Pärnu is known for its distinctive wooden villa-style houses and the ability to mud-bathe. Bog and wetland enthusiasts will love Lahemaa National Park , the former USSR’s first national park.  

4. Around Europe Backpacking Route: The ‘Whole Shebang’

Around Europe Backpacking Route

And for those of you who refuse to take your backpack off, we’ve created this final mammoth Europe itinerary. An amalgamation of the Western and Eastern routes (with a couple of tweaks for logistical reasons), this comprehensive Europe backpacking route showcases the best of what the continent has to offer, from balmy beaches, to dramatic castles and everything in between!

The adventure is limitless with this Europe itinerary, you just need to hope that your wallet is too!

Ways to Travel Around Europe

One of the best things about backpacking in Europe is the relative ease of transport between countries. As you plan out your trip, start by analyzing how you can best get between the countries you want to visit. 

A tip here is to combine trains, buses, and flights strategically. These vary widely in price, and you may be surprised at what deals you may find. 

Overall, the big advantage to buses and trains is that they usually drop you off at a more central location, sparing you transport to and from a farther-away airport. However, sometimes you may find that flights are the best fit for your budget or timeline. 

Train clock

Train 

Traveling by train is often considered to be the quintessential way of getting around Europe. Companies like Eurail offer customizable train passes between 33 countries, with regional options and timing options (e.g. 15 days, 30 days, etc.) now on a mobile app. 

This ‘all-in-one’ style pass can be as simple as a hop-on-hop-off, where you show your pass to board the train of your choice. However, some places (like France and Germany) sometimes charge supplements or have a limit on how many passengers can board with a pass per train. For that reason, you may want to book tickets in advance during busy seasons, and always make sure that the journey you are taking is included in your pass! 

The associated downside to Eurail is that it is quite pricey, so you should do the math carefully to make sure you’ll actually save money with this pass. As a rule of thumb, it is largely worth it if you’re spending a lot of time in countries like Switzerland. Conversely, if you’re doing a trip mostly focused on central or eastern Europe, it’s probably cheaper to buy single tickets. 

Although train travel is the most talked-about transport for backpackers in Europe, don’t count out buses ! Companies like Flixbus and Eurolines sometimes have absolutely jaw-droppingly low fares, and charter buses are largely comfortable and reliable. 

Megabus UK

Like trains, buses also usually drop you off in central locations, and it’s a really economical way to get from place to place. The associated downside is, of course, time. Buses get stuck in traffic and delays can be common, as well as the fact that buses are without a doubt slower than trains and planes. 

Like Asia, Europe has a variety of budget airlines that have ultra-low fares, like RyanAir, EasyJet, Wizz Air, and beyond. Be warned though, f the fares seem too good to be true, that’s because sometimes they are. 

These airlines are infamous for nickel-and-diming travelers, with add-ons for anything larger than a (small) backpack and hidden fees. However, that said, if you’re at a point in your journey where you have a longer distance to travel, or want to visit an island or somewhere logistically more challenging, you should definitely look into plane travel.

Time to Plan Your Europe Backpacking Trip!

Backpacking through Europe is definitely something that you should take advantage of. It’s totally doable to stick to a budget with some savvy planning, and you will make memories that will last a lifetime. 

We hope this article has helped to show you a few ways to put together your dream Europe backpacking trip. Of course, these routes are just a few among infinite options! 

In case nothing has tickled your fancy just yet, we’ll leave you with some more food for thought… 

  • An island tour through the Canary Islands, the Azores, the Greek islands, Sicily, Sardinia, Corsica, and Malta
  • A royal jaunt through castles in the British Isles (England, Scotland, Wales, and Ireland) France, Germany, Romania, and Slovenia
  • An Alpine ski bum tour through Switzerland, Austria, Italy, France, and Monaco

If you have questions about specific countries not mentioned, or have another idea for cool groupings, we’d love it if you’d share it with us in the comments! Happy travels!

Tegan and Alex bio pic

Tegan George & Alex McKenzie

  • DIY Norway in a Nutshell: A Budget Traveller’s Guide
  • Visiting Lake Como in Winter: A Budget Guide
  • Europe Travel Budget: How Much Does it Cost to Backpack Europe?
  • Cheapest European Countries To Visit

Happy to Wander

How to Backpack Western Europe in 1.5 Months: An Exact Itinerary

Last Updated: August 12, 2022

*FYI - this post may contain affiliate links, which means we earn a commission at no extra cost to you if you purchase from them. Also, as an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases. Check out our Privacy Policy and Disclosure. for more info.

best 1 month backpacking trips

If you follow me on Instagram , you’ll know I recently celebrated the 7 year anniversary of my first ever European backpacking adventure… naturally becoming a hot mess of nostalgia in the process.

You’ll also know that while prancing down memory lane, I came across the most ludicrous document ever – a painfully detailed day by day breakdown of our entire 6 week trip in Europe, across eight countries.

A lot of people saw the monstrosity on Instagram and asked for a copy, so here’s a cleaned up version!

If you’re wondering how to spend 1.5 months backpacking Western Europe, here’s a detailed itinerary you can feel free to steal.

I hope you find this all helpful, and be sure to check out my top tips for backpacking Europe for more info.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Save this Western Europe backpacking itinerary for later!

You’ll be very glad you did.

A Few Notes On this Western Europe Backpacking Itinerary

Looking over this document after travelling extensively around Europe, there are a lot of improvements/adjustments I would make.

Honestly, this itinerary was created by starry-eyed backpackers who thought this would be their ONLY chance to travel Europe like this… ever.

So yes, the route is packed, pretty stressful, and features pretty much the most touristy cities in Western Europe.

I’ve gotten a lot wiser since those early days, so I’ll present our original itinerary as we did it, but with plenty of notes along the way to help you (hopefully) plan a better trip catered to your needs.

Girl in an orange dress and black backpack sitting at a scenic view in Florence

Overall, here are some considerations to keep in mind:

  • This itinerary features mainly big cities, but I would add in some day trips to smaller towns or (even better) some nature breaks in between so you have some time to relax a bit between destinations
  • This itinerary is focused on Western Europe, with a lot of expensive cities in the mix. If you’re backpacking Europe on a budget, consider adding some Eastern European countries to your itinerary for fewer crowds and more budget-friendliness
  • We flew in/out of different cities for more flexibility. This costs a bit more, but not much if you find good flight deals
  • This is a very structured itinerary with no room for spontaneity. As such, we pre-booked all our accommodation. This helped cut costs and also helped calm our (clearly) neurotic selves down

Again, there are a million ways to improve this European backpacking itinerary, but I hope it’ll be a helpful starting point for first time visitors, or those trying to squeeze as many iconic sights into 1.5 months as possible.

Photos and camera on top of a map on a wooden table

My 1.5 Month Western European Backpacking Itinerary at a Glance

Throughout our 1.5 months backpacking Europe, we used a mix of flights, buses, and trains (whatever was cheapest!). If you don’t know where to begin, be sure to read my guide on the cheapest ways to travel around Europe.

NOTE: A lot of first-timers backpacking Europe choose to explore Europe by train with a Eurail Pass. You can read my full Eurail Pass review for more info, but generally speaking, Eurail passes are only good if…

  • Budget isn’t your #1 priority, because buses/flights are usually cheaper if you book in advance
  • You aren’t travelling huge distances, because trains can take a long time between countries
  • You want the romantic experience of travelling Europe by train (read my guide to Europe’s most scenic routes )
  • You are going to an expensive country like Switzerland where a pass might actually save you money (check out my list of scenic Swiss train rides for inspo)

best 1 month backpacking trips

Overall, if you are travelling Europe on a budget, opting for transport with a bus company like Flixbus or low-cost airlines like RyanAir , easyJet or Wizz Air will save you more money.

We took a few overnight buses during our trip to further save on accommodation, but I wouldn’t recommend this unless you’re really on a budget.

There’s obvious trade-offs to be mindful of, but just know that saving money often means you’ll pay in other ways (like sanity and dignity).

Because we were on a budget, we stayed exclusively in hostels and AirBNBs, as well as crashed with friends/family for two legs of the journey.

If you are new to hostels, don’t be scared! Hostels in Europe are clean, cheap, and fun (so long as you pick the right ones). Here is a guide on how to book the perfect hostel every time.

And if you’re new to AirBNB, here is my Guide to AirBNB for First-Timers as well.

Anyways, here is where we went on our 1.5 month backpacking trip, and how long we spent in each city:

  • Paris: 7 days (we stayed this long because we were crashing with a friend)
  • London: 5 days
  • Brussels: 3 days
  • Amsterdam: 3 days (we actually stayed in Rotterdam because of family, but Amsterdam makes more sense for 1st timers)
  • Berlin: 3 days
  • Prague: 3 days
  • Milan: 3 days
  • Florence: 2 days
  • Cinque Terre: 3 days
  • Rome: 4 days
  • Sorrento/Amalfi Coast: 3 days
  • Nice & Monaco: 3 days

1.5 Months in Western Europe: A Detailed Itinerary

Because our backpacking itinerary was mainly based on where we could get cheap flights/transport, you could easily re-shuffle these destinations and stops depending on where it’s cheapest for you to fly into.

Read my How to Find Cheap Flights to Europe guide if you need more help with that.

Stop #1: Paris (1 Week)

We spent just over a week in Paris because we had the luxury of crashing with a friend, which meant free accommodation, even if it required legging it 7 flights of stairs every day and braving a dark shared toilet for the whole floor.

For most backpackers though, a full week in Paris might end up being really expensive, so feel free to reduce your time here.

I will say though that there’s plenty of free things to do in Paris that could keep you occupied for a full week, along with excellent day trips, so plan for a week if you really want to see a lot.

Paris is an amazing city, and a bucket list destination for many… although be warned: it’s also a love/hate city – a lot of people come here with the wrong expectations and end up hating it.

My opinion? Come with realistic expectations, and know the common tourist mistakes to avoid, and you will love Paris. Be sure to read my top Paris tips to make sure you’re prepared!

best 1 month backpacking trips

Here is how we split our days in Paris:

  • Day 1: Touristy must-sees in the morning (e.g. Eiffel Tower), picnic at the Champs de Mars and general sightseeing along the Seine
  • Day 2: Paris walking tour to see the main sights and learn some history; visiting Paris’ famous department stores and the Palais Garnier
  • Day 3: Day trip to Disneyland Paris
  • Day 4: Buy 4-Day Museum Pass & go to more museums like the Orangerie and the Louvre
  • Day 5: Use Museum Pass Day 2 to visit Centre Pompidou, Sainte Chapelle, the Pantheon and the Orsay; Explore Latin Quarter
  • Day 6: Use Museum Pass Day 3 to visit the Musée Rodin & the Invalides; Explore Montmartre
  • Day 7: Use final Museum Pass Day for a day trip to Versailles

Carousel in Paris with the Eiffel Tower in the background

Stop #2: London (5 Days)

From Paris to London, we took an overnight bus.

This cost us literally less than 5 bucks, but it was a pretty traumatizing experience involving an 11 hour journey (with a ferry break in between).

If budget allows, go for the Eurostar instead and you can be in London in under 2.5 hours! I’d recommend comparing options on Omio – it’s free.

We stayed at the Astor Victoria Hostel, which was in a very convenient location near transport hubs like Victoria Station. The hostel was super social and fun/laidback, and a fun place to meet people. The bathrooms weren’t the cleanest though.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Here is how we split our days in London:

  • Day 1: Full English Breakfast (important!), exploring central London
  • Day 2: Walking tour; lunch at Borough Market; Walk along the Thames
  • Day 3: Free museums like British Museum, National Gallery & National Portrait Gallery, along with touristy highlights like Leicester Square & Picadilly Circus; West End show in the evening
  • Day 4: Camden, Regent’s Park, Abbey Road (sorry – I’m a big Beatles fan!), Warner Bros Studio Tour (AKA the Harry Potter Studio Tour)
  • Day 5: Afternoon tea; Explore Notting Hill

best 1 month backpacking trips

Stop #3: Brussels (3 Days)

From London to Brussels, we took yet another overnight bus because of a great deal we found.

For your sanity, if budget allows, go for the Eurostar instead and you can be in Brussels in about 2 hours. I’d recommend comparing options on Omio – it’s free.

We stayed at the 2GO4 City Centre Hostel and thought it was pretty awful. I’d recommend going for their location by Grand Place instead (much better location and reviews), or check my guide here on the Best Hotels in Brussels.

I’ll be upfront and say I hated Brussels the first time I visited. This is another one of those cities that you need to research in order to “do” properly. I’ve been back several times and now love it, so be sure to read all my Brussels tips before you go!

Realistically, 1-2 days is enough to do the main touristy sights of Brussels.

The great thing about Belgium though is it’s a small country, so you can easily do day trips to other Belgian cities. I can highly recommend Bruges , Antwerp or Ghent .

If you’re under 26, you can even use a Go Pass 1 , which gets you a 2nd class ticket anywhere in Belgium for 6.60. Amazing deal.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Here is how we split our days in Brussels:

  • Day 1: Walking tour of Brussels, main sights like Grand Place; Waffles & Beer; Café Delirium
  • Day 2: (Recommended, because we didn’t do this and I wish we had) Getting a Brussels Card and exploring Brussels’ quirkier museums
  • Day 3: (Recommended, because we didn’t do this and I wish we had) Day trip to Bruges , Antwerp , or Ghent

Guildhall buildings in Grand Place in Brussels, Belgium

Stop #4: Amsterdam (3 Days)

As I mentioned above, we actually spent 3 days outside Rotterdam during our trip to stay with family, but if it’s your first time in Europe, Amsterdam makes a lot more sense for your Europe backpacking itinerary.

To get from Brussels to Amsterdam, bus is the cheapest way, with lots of affordable options via Flixbus that range from 3-4 hours. A regular train will cost more, and only save you a bit of time.

To be fancy though, you can book a Thalys high speed train and get the journey done in under 2 hours. I’d recommend comparing options on Omio – it’s free.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Here is how I would split your days in Amsterdam (based on other trips I’ve done)

  • Day 1: Walking tour & wandering around the city
  • Day 2: Get an iAmsterdam card and do all the main attractions like Rijksmuseum, the Van Gogh Museum and a canal tour
  • Day 3: Rent a bike, relax in Vondelpark or explore a more offbeat neighbourhood like Noord

PS: If you have extra time, consider taking a day trip to Giethoorn , or (if you visit during Spring), visiting some of the free tulip fields in the Netherlands or Keukenhof Gardens.

The ultimate guide packed with tips and things to do in Giethoorn, the Venice of the Netherlands and one o the most magical places in Europe! #europe #giethoorn #travel

Stop #5: Berlin (3 Days)

We took an overnight bus from Amsterdam to Berlin , which, again is only worth it if you’re on a super budget, because the journey is long and not all that comfortable.

Trains are unfortunately not that fast between the two cities either – the journey is about 6-6.5 hours even on high speed trains, but it might be a more restful way to travel.

NOTE: While flights between Amsterdam and Berlin are just over an hour, of course, once you factor in airport commute/waiting times, the time you save isn’t that significant.

So, I’d say pick your transport based on what your priority is (budget, time, or comfort) and then use Omio to review the different options.

We stayed at the PLUS Berlin , which was really clean and modern, but not the most social hostel if you’re looking to meet new people because it’s a pretty large property.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Here’s how we split our days in Berlin (with some additional tips since I’ve been lucky to go back many times now):

  • Day 1: Walking tour – Brandenburg Gate, Holocaust Memorial, Reichstag (book ahead to go up for free); Explore Mitte – Gendarmemarkt, Topography of Terror
  • Day 2: Explore Kreuzberg/Friedrichshain in the morning – East Side Gallery, Markthalle Neun for lunch; Soviet Memorial at Treptower Park, Pub crawl in the evening
  • Day 3: Explore Charlottenburg in the morning; Visit some museums at Museum Island (along with Berlin Cathedral) in the afternoon

best 1 month backpacking trips

Stop #6: Prague

We took a flight from Berlin to Prague because this was the cheapest option, but a bus or train between the two is only about 4.5 hours. I’d recommend comparing options on Omio – it’s free.

In Prague, we stayed at Hostel One Home and to date, it’s still my favourite hostel I’ve ever stayed. I’d highly recommend it if you’re looking for a homey and social atmosphere.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Here’s how we split our days in Prague (with some new suggestions based on subsequent trips):

  • Day 1 : Walking tour to see all of Prague’s main sights – Old Town Square, the Astronomical Clock, Charles Bridge, Wenceslas Square (although wake up really early if you want to see these sights without a million other tourists). Also be sure to see Passage Lucerna, the Senate Gardens and Prague’s famous Dancing House
  • Day 2: Visit Prague Castle (again, the earlier the better), Strahov Monastery, then walk down to see the Lennon Wall & the Malá Stana neighbourhood; Explore Jewish Quarter; Beer or pub crawl in the evening
  • Day 3: Explore offbeat Prague – Vyšehrad Fortress, look for David Černý’s art sculptures & visit any museums/attractions you had an eye on

Looking for more inspo? Read my full list of fun things to do in Prague (for young travellers).

A full list of world capitals, including photos for each city. If you're looking for a list of capital cities around the world, this is it! #Geography #Travel

Potential Stop Suggestion: Munich (3 Days)

While I didn’t end up visiting Munich on this first backpacking trip of mine, I live here now, so I can confirm it’s a wonderful city well worth adding to your backpacking itinerary.

It’s also a very quick, comfortable and cheap bus ride from Prague (4 hours). I’d recommend comparing options on Omio – it’s free.

There are a lot of things to do in Munich , and if your trip happens to match up with Oktoberfest or Christmas Markets , then it’s really a no-brainer that you should add Munich to your backpacking route.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Of course, Munich is a wonderful base for unique day trips too.

You can go from Munich to Neuschwanstein Castle (AKA the real life Sleeping Beauty Castle ), or you can go from Munich to Salzburg to scope out Sound of Music locations in real life.

Logically, going from Prague to Munich makes a lot more sense than what we did (Prague to Milan).

We wanted to fit Italy into our trip though, and this was the cheapest option we found.

Now, back to my original backpacking itinerary!

best 1 month backpacking trips

Stop #7: Milan

We caught a cheap flight from Prague to Milan because trains and buses take way too long between these cities.

Again, this is quite a jump but the reason we did it this way is we wanted to visit a lot of Italy on our trip!

In Milan, we stayed at an okay-ish AirBNB that I wouldn’t necessarily recommend, but I’ve had friends stay at this hostel and raved about it.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Here is how we split our days in Milan, with some extra suggestions based on trips I’ve done there since:

  • Day 1: Check out the world’s prettiest Starbucks then climb the Duomo, visit Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II & La Scala; Aperitivo & evening in the Navigli District
  • Day 2: (Suggested) Day trip to Lake Como
  • Day 3: Visit the Last Supper (must book in advance), Visit Sforzesco Castle and Parco Sempione; Explore the Brera District

Looking for more inspo? Read my full list of fun things to do in Milan.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Stop #8: Florence

From Milan to Florence, we took a train. If you book a high speed one, this trip is only 2 hours!

You might notice two glaring omissions from this Europe backpacking itinerary: Venice and Pisa.

We didn’t include these on our route because we had both been before on a high school trip, but if you want to squeeze them in, they’re easy to reach via train as well.

Just take note that they are both VERY busy during peak season, so if you hate crowds, it might be better to give them a miss… although Venice is indeed wonderful, and you can do an amazing Venice to Burano day trip while you’re there to see one of the most colourful towns in the world.

TIP: If you’re looking for a foodie break that’s a bit less touristy, I’d add Bologna into your itinerary between Milan and Florence. This city is incredible, with so many great foodie experiences and stunning architecture to boot. Otherwise, if you want a significantly less touristy experience, Trentino is also pretty great.

… But anyways, back to Florence!

The ultimate romantic getaway for a weekend is Florence, Italy! Amazing food, beautiful architecture and delightful ways to spoil/pamper your partner. Here's the best guide online for planning a Florence romantic getaway!

Here’s how we split our days in Florence:

  • Day 1: Florence highlights – Piazza della Signoria, Piazza del Duomo, Ponte Vecchio, Piazzale Michelangelo for sunset
  • Day 2: Mercato Centrale, Uffizi Gallery, Sunset along the river

Learn Italian in Italy? YES! This post details what to look for when choosing the perfect Italian language course in Florence.

Stop #9: Cinque Terre

This was probably the stop I was most excited for during our entire backpacking trip.

Full disclosure: I literally used to sleep with postcards of Cinque Terre taped above my dorm room bed, so yes, this visit was a long time coming.

A few things you should know: the “Cinque Terre” refer to five villages along the Ligurian Coast: Riomaggiore, Manarola, Corniglia, Vernazza, and Monterosso al Mare.

Manarola is my favourite out of the five, and I’ve stayed there for both my trips. It’s a beautiful base with swimming opportunities and amazing places to eat.

best 1 month backpacking trips

I haven’t stayed in any of the other villages, but my overall thoughts on them are…

  • Riomaggiore: Really quiet but cute, could make a nice base for a romantic getaway
  • Corniglia: The quietest of the five villages, but the trade-off is a steep uphill climb from the train station (380 steps up!) and no sea access from the town
  • Vernazza: Really beautiful, but busy. I’d probably pick this one after Manarola
  • Monterosso al Mare: The most “resorty” of the five. This is the best one to stay at if you want to lounge in the sun, but it definitely feels the most touristy

best 1 month backpacking trips

To get to any of the five villages from Milan, you need to transfer at La Spezia.

Although it’s not officially part of the Cinque Terre, people often pick La Spezia as a base because accommodation there is cheaper and it’s on the same train line as all the other villages.

Because these villages are tiny, accommodation is limited and therefore quite pricey. You won’t find a ton of budget options in the actual villages because they’re so high in demand, but here are some accommodation guides for you:

  • Where to Stay in Manarola
  • Where to Stay in Riomaggiore
  • Where to Stay in Corniglia
  • Where to Stay in Vernazza
  • Where to Stay in Monterosso al Mare

WOW - amazing photo guide to Cinque Terre, Italy, one of the most beautiful places in the world. If you are planning a trip to Italy or plan to travel to Cinque Terre, you need to see these incredible photos! #italy #cinqueterre

Anyways, the great thing about Cinque Terre is there’s not a lot of “sightseeing” to be done like in the other stops of this itinerary.

There’s no major monuments or museums to visit – just beautiful relaxing towns with great food and even better views.

We spent three days here and it was perfect after so much arduous sightseeing.

We didn’t do any hiking on our trip, but I went back to hike the Cinque Terre a few years later and enjoyed it a lot.

Again, there’s not a lot of sightseeing to be done, but here’s how we broke down our days in the Cinque Terre:

  • Day 1: Relaxing in Manarola, hiking up to the vineyards, going for a swim
  • Day 2: Riomaggiore in the morning, Corniglia in the afternoon
  • Day 3: Vernazza in the morning, Monterosso al Mare in the afternoon (for sunbathing and relaxation)

Looking for more inspo? Read my full list of fun things to do in Cinque Terre.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Stop #10: Rome

From the oh so relaxing Cinque Terre, we leaped headfirst back into the frantic sightseeing in Rome. By train, it’s about 5 hours.

Warning: I got pickpocketed first-thing upon arriving in Rome at Termini Station, so please be vigilant and read up on my tips on how to avoid pickpockets in Europe.

We stayed at a not-so-nice guesthouse that I wouldn’t recommend, and sadly the comic-themed guesthouse we loved is no longer open.

But, if you’re looking for cheap-ish accommodation in Rome (which is tough because this city is so popular!), check out Generator. I’ve stayed at many of their properties before and they’re always really clean and well-designed.

I warn you: Rome is an amazing city but it really can take it out of you.

There are just SO many iconic sights you’ll want to squeeze in, and it’s easy to get burnt out… so here’s what I recommend: do a few big sights each day, then devote the rest of the day to relaxing, people watching, shovelling gelato in your mouth, etc.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Here is how we divided up our days in Rome (with some extra tips based on trips I’ve taken since):

  • Day 1: Get your bearings with a walking tour; Evening in Trastavere
  • Day 2: Ancient Rome – Roman Forum, Palatine Hill & the Colosseum & the Pantheon
  • Day 3: Vatican City & Castel Sant’ Angelo
  • Day 4: (Go early) Trevi Fountain, Spanish Steps, relaxing in Villa Borghese Park (or make time for more museums and attractions)

Absolutely incredible photos of Rome, Italy. If you're looking for stunning travel photography or inspiration to travel to Italy, travel to Rome or travel to Europe, this is it! #photography #rome #travelphotography #italy #europe

Stop #11: Sorrento & the Amalfi Coast

I have to admit, when it came to Italian coastlines, we got a little greedy on our Europe backpacking itinerary.

Most visitors usually opt for either Cinque Terre OR the Amalfi Coast on their trip, as both have a similar sun-drenched coastal appeal.

… We chose to do both.

I don’t regret this decision one bit, but if you want to add more variety to your itinerary or are simply looking to cut a destination for time sake, then I’d recommend just picking either Cinque Terre or the Amalfi Coast.

We chose to be based in Sorrento (as it’s easily connected to other main Italian destinations by train).

We stayed at the Florida Hostel and it was so fun! There’s even a pool with a great bar, all for a really affordable price in walking distance to the main sights.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Here is how we divided up our days in Sorrento and the Amalfi Coast:

  • Day 1: Explore Sorrento. Click here for a list of fun things to do in Sorrento
  • Day 2: Day trip to Positano
  • Day 3: Day trip to Amalfi or Capri
  • Day 4: Day trip to Pompeii (en route back to Rome for our flight out)

Colourful houses in Positano as seen from the water

Stop #12: Nice & Monaco

The last stop of our trip was Nice, and this was just because we found really cheap flights headed home to Vancouver from there.

I wouldn’t necessarily rank Nice and Monaco as absolute must-sees during your first time backpacking trip in Europe, although they are beautiful destinations in the summer.

If they fit into your route, then that’s awesome, but I recognize that going from Rome to Nice is a bit random/out of the way. Just know that it was flight prices that influenced this decision!

Anyway, we flew from Rome to Nice and stayed at this hostel , which I thought was really fun, social and well-located, although a bit noisy.

https://happytowander.com/wp-content/uploads/Incredible-Destinations-to-see-in-France.jpg

Here is how we divided up our days in Nice and Monaco:

  • Day 1: Explore Vieux Nice, Cours Saleya Market, View from the Colline du Château
  • Day 2: Day trip to Monaco (read my list of things to do in Monaco on a budget for inspo)
  • Day 3: Promenade des Anglais and relaxing on the beach/in a park

Monaco view at sunset

I hope you found this Western Europe Backpacking Itinerary Helpful!

Let me know in the comments if you have any questions about it. Always happy to help!

My Go-To Travel Favourites:

🧳 Eagle Creek: My favourite packing cubes

💳 Wise: For FREE travel friendly credit cards

🍯 Airalo: My go-to eSIM

🏨 Booking.com: For searching hotels

📷 Sony A7IV: My (amazing) camera

✈️ Google Flights : For finding flight deals

🌎 WorldNomads: For travel insurance

🎉 GetYourGuide: For booking activities

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

By using this form you agree with the storage and handling of your data by this website. *

South America 1 Month Itinerary

  • July 19, 2024
  • No Comments
  • 4 Epic 1-Month South America Itineraries

What's The Best Way To Spend One Month In South America?

South America is a big place, so you won’t be able to see every country in one month.

However, a month is still a good amount of time to see two or three countries and the very best sights the continent has to offer.

You have so many options that there isn’t just one route through South America. It all depends on your budget and the things you would like to see and do whilst there.

Here are the four itineraries outlined in this post that will be suit every type of traveller:

South America Backpacking Itineraries - Torres Del Paine National Park

#1 The Gringo Trail - 1-Month South America Itinerary For Ecuador, Peru and Bolivia

ITINERARY BREAKDOWN

Here is a full breakdown of this 1-month South America itinerary that covers Ecuador, Peru and Bolivia:

  • Day 1-3 – Quito
  • Day 4-5  – Cotopaxi Secret Garden
  • Day 6 – Quilotoa
  • Day 7-9  – Baños
  • Day 10-11 – Lima
  • Day 12-13 – Paracas National Park
  • Day 14-15 – Huacachina Oasis
  • Day 16 – 20 – Cusco and Machu Picchu
  • Day 21 – 23 – La Paz
  • Day 24-26 – Amazon Tour 
  • Day 27 – 30 – Uyuni / Salt Flats Tour
  • Day 31 – La Paz

PROS & CONS

+  ticks off some of the best sights in South America including Machu Picchu and the Salt Flats

+ the second cheapest itinerary option on the list and can be done on a budget if needed

+ follows a well established backpacker route so you’ll meet lot’s of people along the way

– misses out on the Galapagos Islands in Ecuador

Day 1-9 - Ecuador

Day 1-3 - quito.

Quito sits at a lofty 2800m above sea level so your first day should be taken easy to see how you adjust to the altitude.

For your second and third day here, you have lots of options for things to do, including visiting the equator, climbing to the top of the city’s famous cathedral, or your first volcano trek. 

I would personally recommend a walking tour and a visit to the cathedral on your second day as you still might be adjusting to the change in altitude. 

On your third, why not explore outside of the city. Quito is surrounded by smaller towns  such as Otavalo or Mindo  which have lot of great activities. 

Follow the links below if you are looking for more information on Ecuador’s capital:

  • Quito City Guide & 3-Day Itinerary
  • The 19 Best Things To Do In Quito For Backpackers

statue in Quito, Ecuador

Day 4-5 - Cotopaxi National Park

From Quito, you can take a short mini-bus to Cotopaxi Secret Garden Hostel. 

This is one of the best hostels in the whole of South America for many reasons. The food here is incredible and it’s all included within the price. You also get two free guided treks into the park if you stay with them. 

The main reason why this hostel is so great though is it’s situated in the middle of the park and you’ll gave one of the best views of the Cotopaxi Volcano.

Using the hostel as a base, you can then plan your own treks within the park or summit Cotopaxi Volcano if you’re brave enough.

For more information on how to visit Cotopaxi National Park, the post below has outlines of 4 ways to do it:

  • 4 Great Ways To Visit Cotopaxi National Park

snow-capped mountains in cotopaxi

Day 6 - Quilotoa

The next town to visit after Cotopaxi is Quilotoa and one of the most impressive sights in Ecuador – the Quilotoa Crater. 

The Cotopaxi Secret Garden team provide a shuttle bus that will take you to the town of Latacunga . From there you will need to take a local bus to Quilotoa which should take roughly 2 hours.

You only need 1 day here as there’s only one thing to do. Hike around the edge of the this extinct volcano and marvel at the jaw dropping scenery.

This scenic trail circles the crater’s edge and continuously offers up of breathtaking panoramas. The trail takes 4-5 hours to complete and allows hikers to witness the beauty of rural Ecuador on one side and the ever-changing turquoise shades of the waters on the other.

All you need to know about visiting the crater in a single day can be found in the post linked below:

  • How To Visit Quilotoa Crater For The Day

Day 7-9 - Baños

Your final stop in Ecuador is the adventure paradise of of Baños.

Here you can ride bikes along the route of waterfalls and visit the powerful Pailon del Diablo waterfall, trek up to the ‘Swing at the End of the World’ to see the incredible Tungurahua Volcano, and go white-water rafting along the Rio Verde.

The town is also fuelled by the thermal activity from the surrounding volcanoes, so a visit to the thermal baths here is always a must. 

Day 9 will need to be used as a travel day to get from Baños to Guayaquil (8 hour journey). From here you can then fly to Lima on the morning of day 10. 

For more on the backpackers favourite Baños, head to the post below:

  • Baños Guide & 4-Day Itinerary

ruta Itinerary

Day 10-20 - Peru

Day 10-11 - lima.

Once in Lima, take a day to rest after a full day of travelling on day 9.  There isn’t much for backpackers here and cities like Cusco have much more going on.  So, if you want to save a day here then move on.

If you do decide to stay, make sure you check out Miraflores and Barranco . These are the two best areas in Lima. 

Walk along the seafront in Miraflores at sunset for some incredible scenes. You can watch surfers and paragliders as the sun sets over the Pacific ocean.

In Barranco, find a whole in the wall diner to try ceviche and head to any of the old colonial-style mansions that have now been turned into bars and restaurants. I recommend Ayahuaca bar for one of the best Pisco Sours in Lima. 

If you decide to stay in Lima for the full two days, then check out the city guide for everything you need to know:

  • Is Lima Worth Visiting? The Complete Backpacker Guide To Lima

Lima Guide

Day 12-13 - Paracas

Paracas National Park is an untouched natural desert perfect for exploration and adventure.

You can navigate the park by tour, bicycle, ATV, or dune buggy . Whatever mode of transport you choose, make sure you are in the park as the sun is going down for some epic sunset views.

On your second day in Paracas, book a tour to the Ballestas Islands (also known as the Poor Mans Galapagos). This is the perfect tour for wildlife lovers as the islands are full of sea lions, penguins and even dolphins if you are lucky.

Check out the complete backpacker guide to Paracas for more info:

  • Paracas City Guide & 2 Day Itinerary 

Joe from 'Shall We Go Home Travel' Biking in Paracas National Reserve

Day 14-15 - Huacachina

Huacachina is a town geared more towards the adventure backpackers.

One day here is enough. Book onto a dune buggy tour and you’ll tick off two of the best activities to do here. You’ll fly across the desert in buggies and go sandboarding down the tallest sand dunes.

If you’re looking to complete all of Huacachina in one day then all you need now is a night out. For a wild party then make sure you check out the famous Wild Rover backpacker hostel.

For more information on this unique place, head to the link below:

  • Huacachina Backpacker Guide & 2-Day Itinerary

Day 16-20 - Cusco / Machu Picchu

You have two options to get to Cusco: flight or overnight bus.

The bus is around 17 hours so I would personally recommend flying. Flights from the town of Ica cost under $100 and the flight time is 1 hour and 20 minutes.

Once in Cusco you one day to explore the city and one day to explore its surroundings before preparing to visit Machu Picchu. 

On Day 17, I would recommend you take a day trip out of the city to see the beautiful Andean countryside. You can visit the popular Rainbow Mountain or one of the many other natural wonders in the Sacred Valley. 

On Day 18, take the train or bus to the town of Aguas Calientes. This is the closest town to Machu Picchu. Stay here overnight and then you can trek up the 1600 steps to Machu Picchu in the morning. Then on day 20 you can return to Cusco. These 3 days require so admin, so head to this post to see how to do it properly.

If you think a trip to Rainbow Mountain is for you, then head to the full guide below so you know what to expect:

  • Is Rainbow Mountain Worth It? A Guide To Peru’s Best Trek

Machu Picchu (Peru)

Day 21-31 - Bolivia

Day 21-23 - la paz.

Once you reach La Paz you have an endless list of activities to choose from such as biking down Death Road , trekking in the ‘Valley of the Moon’, or climbing Huayna Potosi (known as the easiest 6000m mountain to climb in the world).

Aside from all the adventure activities, the city is also an incredible place to explore. When wandering around you will see the impressive cable cars and their lines stretching out to every corner of La Paz.

Some routes will go as high as 4,000m (13,000 ft) above sea level, and it’s a great see more of La Paz and get incredible views of the city.

2 days is a good amount of time to cover it all. I recommend riding down Death Road one day and then using the other day to explore in the city.

Head to the complete La Paz backpacking guide to help you plan further:

  • The 13 Best Things To Do In La Paz As A Backpacker

Joe and a friend waving whilst sitting atop 'Death Road' in Bolivia

Day 24-26 - The Amazon

Visiting the Amazon in Bolivia is much cheaper and easier compared to other countries in South America. You can fly from La Paz to the town of Rurrenabaque , which is where most Amazon tours embark.

The Pampas tour is the most popular among backpackers as you see much more wildlife.

You will spend 2 days winding through the tributaries of the Amazon on a longboat searching for c aimans, anacondas, and exotic birds . You can even go swimming with pink river dolphins!

This is one of the best tours in Bolivia and it costs a fraction of the price compared to countries like Brazil or Colombia. It was one of the best experiences I had whilst backpacking in South America, and I highly recommend it.

The complete guide to booking an amazon tour in Bolivia can be found here:

  • How To Visit The Amazon In Bolivia

View of the Amazon landscape from above

Day 27-30 - Uyuni Salt Flats

The three-day/two-night salt flat tour will take you exploring on one of the most surreal landscapes in the world.

The first day of the tour is spent on the actual salt flat taking the popular perspective and reflection photos for the gram. Your tour guide will bring some funny objects for you to take your shots with but why not be original and bring your own.

On the second day, the tour heads out across the high-altitude desert known as the Altiplano to see even wilder landscapes such as volcanoes, geysers, and beautiful high-altitude lakes full of flamingos.

This is one of best tours in the whole of South America and shouldn’t be missed.

For more on the Uyuni Salt Flat Tour including the best tours companies and what to pack, head to the post below:

  • The Ultimate Guide To The Uyuni Salt Flat Tour

Do you need a custom itinerary for your trip to…

South America?

Save yourself hours and escape the stress of trip planning  I’ll design you the perfect South America itinerary in one call.

#2 The Inca Trail - 1-Month South America Itinerary For Peru, Bolivia And North Argentina

Here is a complete breakdown of this 1-month South America itinerary that covers Peru, Bolivia and Argentina:

  • Day 1 – Lima
  • Day 2-5 – Cusco
  • Day 6-8 – La Paz
  • Day 9-11 – Amazon Tour
  • Day 12 –  Cochabamba
  • Day 13-14 – Torotoro National Park
  • Day 15 – 17 – Sucre
  • Day 18 – 21 – Uyuni / Salt Flats Tour
  • Day 22-23 – Tupiza
  • Day 24-27 – Humahuaca, Tilcara and Purmamarca
  • Day 28-29  – Salta
  • Day 30 – Buenos Aires

+ the cheapest option out of all the itineraries as Bolivia and the north of Argentina are less touristy. You can enjoy yourself on $30 a day in these parts.

+ off the beaten track. Not many travellers come to these parts of the country so you will be getting an authentic experience. 

– fewer big sights and more laid-back towns with less travellers so may not be for everyone, especially solo travellers looking to meet other people

Day 1-11 - Peru And Bolivia

Follow a similar itinerary to the ‘Gringo Trail’ itinerary to tick off Machu Pichu and get started in Bolivia with La Paz and the Amazon. 

After the Amazon, instead of travelling straight down to Uyuni, you’ll head east in Bolivia to experience the lowlands and get off the beaten track. 

Day 12-23 - Bolivia

Day 12 - cochabamba.

Cochabamba is just a stop over town before your big adventure in Torotoro National Park. 

Unfortunately, the journey times in Bolivia mean that a full day is taken up on buses here, but you can always take the overnight bus or fly if you want to save time. 

A flight from Rurrenabaque to Cochabamba (with a connection in La Paz) is best here to save a big journey. Once you arrive, it’s time to get yourself ready for a trip to one of Bolivia’s best national parks the next day. 

For more on Cochabamba including the best hostels to stay in, click the link below:

  • The Best Things To Do In Cochabamba 

Day 13-14 - Torotoro National Park

Torotoro National Park is famous for its incredibly well-preserved fossils and dinosaur footprints, towering canyons, surreal rock formations and sprawling network of underground caves. This national park has something for nature lovers and natural history nerds alike.

It’s an additional 4-5-hour journey from Cochabamba to Torotoro though so it’s best to stay a couple of nights.

Once here, you can book guided tours into the park and visit the many natural wonders on offer. 

The full guide to visiting Torotoro National Park can be found here:

  • How To Visit Torotoro National Park 

Joe from 'Shall We Go Home Travel' trekking through Torotoro National Park, Bolivia

Day 15-17 - Sucre

Known as Bolivia’s ‘White City’, the beautiful colonial-era architecture of Sucre and its warm climate make it a wonderful place to visit.

Take two of your days here to enjoy the artisan cafes, amazing chocolate shops and beautiful views of the colonial-era buildings and terracotta rooftops . It’s also the perfect place for a night out with lots of lively bars catering for the university student population.

We’ve turned this part of this one month Bolivia itinerary into an extended stay because Sucre is one of the best and cheapest places in South America for language schools.

With group classes costing on average $5 and private lessons c.$8, many people end up extending their stay in Sucre for longer to continue learning.

Me Gusta Spanish School have a variety of classes on offer and a group class (20 hours) for one-week costs 700BOB

Head to the city guide below for more information:

  • The Best Things To Do In Sucre, Bolivia 

Sucre Bolivia

Day 18-21 - Uyuni / Salt Flats Tour

Similar to the previous itinerary, spend one day in Uyuni and use the day to relax and book onto a Salt Flats tour.

The two night/three day tour usually drops you at the Chilean border on the morning of day three.  However, on the last day you can ask to return to Uyuni with the jeep.  This allows you to travel to Tupiza the next day and then into Argentina after that. 

If you want to save time here and don’t fancy the long journey on the last day returning to Uyuni then a 1 day tour might be best for you:

  • Uyuni Salt Flats Tour: 1-Day vs 3-Days

Day 22-23 - Tupiza

Known as the wild west of Bolivia, this small town is famous for is incredible red coloured cliffs and canyons which are free to explore.

Tupiza is 4 hours from Uyuni and an hour a way from the Argentinian border so it’s the perfect town to spend a night or two in before getting ready to cross the border.

Use one of your days to trek into mountains behind the town and explore the winding paths and canyons.

Then from Tupiza, it’s a 1-hour journey to the border at Villazon, and once you’ve crossed the border, it’s another short journey to the first town you will want to check out in Argentina – Humahuaca .

For more on Tupiza, check out our guides below:

  • Tupiza Guide & Best Things To Do

Jagged red rocky outcrops in Tupiza

Day 23-30 - North Argentina

Day 24-27 - humahuaca, tilcara and pumamarca.

Time to start you final adventure on this 1-month itinerary through Northern Argentina.

These tiny towns are all found along Route 40, which is one of the most scenic routes in the world , perfect for travelling along. Each town is a short bus ride away (1-2 hours) so you only need a day in each to see everything. 

Along the way, you will see two separate Rainbow Mountains and fall in love with the small, laid-back towns in the region.

For more information on each of these towns in the north of Argentina, head to the posts below:

  • How To Visit El Hornocal In Humahuaca
  • Humahuaca vs Pumamarca: Which Rainbow Mountain Is Best?
  • Tilcara Guide & Best Things To Do

mountains, south america

Day 27-29 - Salta

Once you reach Salta , you can take a couple of days to enjoy a bigger city and find a great restaurant to have some of what Argentina does best – steak and wine.

A trip out to a vineyard for some wine tasting is another great shout, especially as we are near the end of your month in South America. Cafayate   is the second best wine region in Argentina after Mendoza and they have some of the best wines in the world. 

To see an extended version of this north Argentina itinerary in greater detail, check out our post below:

  • The Essential North Argentina Backpacking Itinerary & Route

Day 30 - Buenos Aires

Finish up with a one or two days in Buenos Aires before flying home and you are done! One amazing month in South America complete!

Here some great things to do whilst in BA before you fly home:

  • Tango – experience the city’s famous tango dancing and enjoy its delicious cuisine.
  • Visit La Boca – This colourful neighbourhood is known for its vibrant street art, tango shows, and its famous soccer team, Boca Juniors.
  • Take a Boat Tour on the Rio de la Plata – Taking a boat tour of the river is a great way to see the city from a different perspective and get a great view of the skyline.

Exploring Buenos Aires, also known as the ‘Paris of South America’ one of many great reasons to add Argentina to your extended backpacking trip. For more great reasons, head to the post below:

  • Is Argentina Worth Visiting? 10 Great Reasons To Visit In 2023

best 1 month backpacking trips

Day 3-5 - Atacama

Although the Atacama Desert is north of Santiago, it fits nicely into this itinerary and adds to the long list of incredible natural wonders you will see.

You can rent a jeep and drive around the desert for two days visiting the sinkholes, geysers, volcanoes, and high-altitude lakes.

At night, it’s the perfect place for a stargazing tour as the light pollution in the desert is minimal.  This was one of the best tours I did in South America and I recommend it to everyone who’s going to Atacama! Check it out below!

Torres Del Paine National Park

Day 6 - Puerto Natales

You will need to take a flight back to Santiago and then down to Puerto Natales to start the Patagonian part of this one-month itinerary. Puerto Natales is the closest town to Torres Del Paine National Park.

Take one day here to get your bearings, buy any last-minute gear for hiking, and prepare for the next 5 days of hiking on the W-trek route.

In Puerto Natales, I recommend staying at the Singing Lamb Hostel . They have a huge lounge area with sofas and tables, and the shared dorms had comfortable beds.

Day 7-11 - Torres Del Paine National Park

Time to end your time in Chile with one of the best multi-day treks in the world – the W-trek in Torres Del Paine National Park.

This 5-day self-guided trek takes you in the shape of a W – in, out, and around the beautiful Cordillera Paine mountain range.

The trek is relatively easy with the first two days taking you on an easy 3–4-hour hike past Lago Grey up to the stunning Grey Glacier. Then on the final day, you will trek up to the famous towers of Torres Del Paine.

A lot of people wake up at 3AM to start trekking to reach the towers for sunrise. If the weather is good then it is definitely worth it, as the three towers are lit up perfectly by the morning sun.

For more on this incredible place and why it’s a must-visit, head to the post below:

  • Is Torres Del Paine Worth Visiting? 12 Great Reasons To Visit Chilean Patagonia

Day 12 - Puerto Natales

After 5 days in the Patagonian wilderness, you will need to recover.

Take one final day in Puerto Natales to recuperate before moving on to Argentina the next morning. 

Perito Moreno Glacier, El Calafate (Argentina)

Day 13-30 - Argentina

Day 13-14 - el calafate.

You are a 5-hour bus and border crossing away from Argentina and the town of El Calafate.

Take an early morning bus from Puerto Natales so you arrive early afternoon. From here you explore the town and plan your visit to Parque Nacional Los Glaciares  and the epic Perito Moreno Glacier.

You can take in the views of this huge chunk of ice from the visitor centre or take a boat to get a up close and personal. If you are lucky, you may catch a chunk of ice falling off and crashing into the water below.

To see some alternative itineraries for this region, head to the post below:

  • How Many Days Do You Need For El Calafate and El Chalten? 3 Great Itineraries For Every Traveller

glacier in south America

Day 15-20- El Chalten

El Chalten is known as the “Trekking Capital of Argentina”.

You will have your pick of hikes from single day to multi-day options that take you into the beautiful Patagonian wilderness and Glacier National Park. 

One of the most iconic single day hikes is the Laguna de los Tres hike, popular for the sublime panoramic views it offers of Glaciar de Los Tres and Mount Fitz Roy. 

You can hike out-and-back to Laguna de Los Tres from El Chaltén in one day, but a popular option is to camp overnight near the lagoon and witness a fantastic sunrise the following morning.

The Laguna de los Tres trek is one of the best in Argentina as well as South America, and if you can only do one single day hike in Argentina’s Patagonia, this should be it.

If you are interested in spending more time in Chile and Argentina, check out the post below:

  • The Essential 1-Month Chile And Argentina Itinerary

Day 21-26- Bariloche

Nestled amidst the picturesque Andes Mountains, Bariloche offers a stunning display of natural beauty. From snow-capped peaks to crystal-clear lakes and lush forests , the landscape is nothing short of awe-inspiring.

Surrounding the town are several must-visit spots that provide panoramic views of the region’s mountains, lake and forests, making it a favourite among photographers and nature enthusiasts alike.

Bariloche serves as a gateway to the Nahuel Huapi National Park , a vast protected area brimming with diverse flora and fauna. The park is perfect for trekking, birdwatching, and exploring the pristine wilderness. Don’t miss the chance to visit the array of islands within the Nahuel Huapi Lake, accessible by boat excursions.

For more on why this is such a fantastic place to visit and spend time in, head to the post below:

  • Is Bariloche Worth Visiting? 10 Great Reasons To Visit Argentina’s Lake District

Day 27-30 - Buenos Aires

You are nearly at the end of this one-month South America itinerary but there’s still so much fun to be had. 

Now it’s time for 3 days in one of the best capitals on the continent.  Buenos Aires is known as the “Paris of South America,” as it feels like your visiting a European capital.

Here some great things to do whilst in BA:

See how to spend 3-days in Buenos Aires with the fully planned itinerary in the post below:

  • How Many Days Do You Need In Buenos Aires? The Ideal 3-Day Itinerary

lakes south america

#4 The Sun, Surf And Party Chaser - 1-Month South America Itinerary For Colombia, Ecuador and Peru

Here is the complete breakdown for this 1-month South America itinerary that covers the coast of Colombia, Ecuador and Peru:

  • Day 1-2 – Bogota
  • Day 3-5 – Santa Marta
  • Day 6-8 – Palomino
  • Day 9-10  – Cartagena
  • Day 11-13 – San Bernardo Islands
  • Day 14 – Bogota
  • Day 15-21  – Montanita
  • Day 22-29  – Mancora
  • Day 30 – Lima

+ follows the Caribbean and Pacific coastline so you’ll enjoy consistent sun

+ You stay longer in less places to this itinerary is more relaxed

+ you hit two of the best surf and party towns in South America

– you won’t be many of the natural wonders of the continent such as Machu Picchu or the Salt Flats 

Day 1-14 - Colombia

Day 1-2 - bogota.

Bogata is a hub for international flights from the US and Europe and most stop here before connecting to other South America countries. So it makes sense to start your South America journey here.

However, you can only spend one day in the capital before moving on.

There isn’t much here for backpackers and the rest of Colombia is much more interesting so best to get moving. You only have one month in South America, so you will have to miss every now and then.  

If you have time in the evening, walk to the top of Cerro Monserrate for an incredible viewpoint of sprawling Bogotá.

See how you can spend a month travelling through Colombia with this epic one month itinerary:

  • The Best One Month Colombia Itinerary: Bogota to Cartagena

Day 3-5 - Santa Marta

From Bogota, you want to take a short 2-hour flight to the Caribbean Coast in the north. You can then use Santa Marta as a base for exploring for the next few days.

Make sure you stay at the Dreamer Hostel. This is one of the best hostels in Colombia and maybe even South America . They allow you to leave your big bags in storage whilst you explore the region.

Spend one day in exploring the cloud forests in Minca .

Minca is a tiny town in the mountains, 30 minutes away from Santa Marta. Here you can find some great coffee and chocolate farm tours that will also let you do tastings, go searching for waterfalls and watch the sunset from one of the many great eco hostels that sit atop the mountain.

On your second day, trek into Tayrona National Park known for its palm-shaded coves, coastal lagoons, rainforest, and rich biodiversity.

You can stay the night on the beach in Tayrona National Park, which is a fun experience, but just make sure you book ahead before trekking all the way as spaces are often limited.

For more detail on how to spend your days in Santa Marta, head to the itinerary post below:

  • How Many Days In Santa Marta? 3 Great Itinerary Options

beats in Tayrona National Park - Colombia

Day 6-8 - Palomino

Palomino is a quiet beach town north of Santa Marta (around 70km away).

It started as an off-the-beaten track town, but has it grown popular in recent years with backpackers. Travellers come here for a few days to enjoy tubing along the jungle rivers or to wander along the endless stretches of empty beach.

Tubing is a fun activity that starts in the jungle foothills of the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta and ends on the beach in the Caribbean Sea. This can be a relaxing journey or depending on who you go with, it can turn into a party.

If you manage to join a big crew of backpackers, then people will bring alcohol and enjoy floating through the jungle with a few beers as well.

Make sure you have a beach day whilst here too. Palomino beach , with its white sands fringed with huge palms trees, is empty most of the time and you can enjoy peaceful walks up and down it without coming across another person.

Palomino is one of my favourite beaches in South America, for more, head to the list post below:

  • The Best Party Beaches In South America

Day 9-13 - Cartagena / San Bernardo Islands

Take a couple of days in Cartagena to rest up before embarking on an epic trip to the San Bernardo Islands. 

The San Bernardo Islands in Colombia are a tropical paradise that’s definitely worth visiting. With their pristine beaches, crystal-clear waters, and vibrant marine life, they offer an idyllic escape for travelers seeking relaxation and adventure.

One highlight is the unique hostel ‘Casa en el Agua,’ located on a secluded island.

This floating hostel provides an unparalleled experience, allowing you to sleep over the Caribbean Sea, snorkel straight from your room, and soak in stunning sunsets.

For more on Cartagena and why it’s so great:

  • Is Cartagena Worth Visiting? 10 Reasons Not To Miss It!

Day 14 - Bogota

Fly from Cartagena back to Bogota and rest up for a day.

If you want, try a free walking tour and take the cable car up to Cerro Monseratte for great views of the city.

From Bogota, you’ll need to take a morning flight to Guayaquil in the south of Ecuador for the next part of this itinerary. 

colourful street in south america

Day 15-30 - Ecuador and Peru

Day 15-21 – montanita.

Montanita is the surf and party capital of Ecuador.

It draws in travellers and locals alike looking for good swells and beachside dance floors that stay open late into the night.  It’s not all just surfing and boozing though, and the town has a lot more on offer from immersive language schools to tranquil yoga retreats.

Spend a full week here learning to surf, learning some Spanish and partying the nights away!

For more on Montanita, head to the post below:

  • Is Montanita Worth Visiting? 10 Reasons To Visit In 2023

Day 22-29 – Mancora

If there is one word to describe Mancora it would be wild. This beach town is filled with locals, backpackers and other tourists wanting to do two simple things: surf and party.

The hottest places to let loose are the Loki and Wild Rover hostels, but to be honest any of the other backpacker hostels in town which double up as bars and clubs will lead to a wild night.

Once the party is over, it’s time to jump in the ocean and get rid of that hangover.

It’s is a great place for beginners who have never been on a board before, as well as intermediate and advanced surfers, and the continual waves, calm water and warm weather culminate in the perfect conditions for surfing.

For more on why Mancora is such a great place to visit, head to the post below:

  • Is Mancora Worth Visiting? 10 Great Reasons To Visit Peru’s Surf Paradise

surfing in Montanita, Ecuador

Which Is The Best One-Month South America Itinerary?

I personally think the ‘Gringo Trail’ Itinerary is the best one-month South America itinerary on this list.

You visit three countries, see amazing sights in each one and will always be around other travellers. It is also the cheapest option compared to the rest (apart from the ‘Inca Trail’).

Trying to do more than three countries will be difficult and means you will end up rushing and becoming stressed. I’m a firm believer of ‘slow travel’ and having more time in fewer countries.  I would even recommend doing two in a month instead but I understand most people have limited time and want to see as much as possible. 

Check out these month-long itineraries to see whether focussing on one country would work better for you:

  • Ecuador 1 month Itinerary
  • Peru 1 Month Itinerary
  • Bolivia Three Week Itinerary

How Much Does A Month In South America Cost?

For a month backpacking in South America, you should aim to spend around $1500.

Budget travellers will be able to manage a month on around $1000-1200 if they only stick to one or two countries, stay in dorms, and eat mainly at markets.

Flashpackers who prefer smaller dorms (or private rooms) and eating at a restaurant once a day should aim for $1500-2000.

Check out the budget guide linked below to help you plan your spending:

  • How To Budget For A Month In South America

Popular South America Itineraries

If you have more than two-weeks to spare then why not check out our other South America itineraries ranging from three weeks to three months:

  • 5 Expertly Curated Three-Week South America Itineraries
  • How Many Days Do You Need In South America – 6 Great Itineraries That Work For Every Traveller
  • The Comprehensive Six-Week South America Backpacking Itinerary
  • The Perfect 2-Month South America Itinerary For Budget Backpackers
  • The Ideal 3-Month South America Backpacking Itinerary
  • The Perfect 1-Month Peru and Bolivia Itinerary
  • A Flashpacker Five-Week South America Itinerary
  • The 8 Best Digital Nomad Cities In South America
  • From North to South: The Complete 10-Week South America Itinerary
  • Colombia, Ecuador & Peru Itinerary: From Two Weeks To Two Months
  • Suitcase Or Backpack? Which Is Best For South America?
  • Author Profile
  • Posts by the Author
  • Is Bolivia Worth Visiting? 14 Great Reasons To Visit in 2025
  • One Week Argentina Itinerary: 3 Great Options
  • How Many Days Do You Need In Argentina? 4 Great Itineraries
  • Three-Week Argentina Itinerary: 2 Epic North To South Routes
  • Chile And Argentina Itinerary: 3 Great Routes For Patagonia

Joe, Founder of 'Shall We Go Home?' - A travel website for South America guides and itineraries

Joe Bayfield

Hi I'm Joe Bayfield, Bayf for short. I love South America and want people to visit this incredible continent. I’ve travelled through Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, Chile and Argentina and also lived in Lima, Medellin and Buenos Aires. I write detailed South America itineraries to help you plan your next adventure!

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Travel South America With Ease

Sign up to my weekly newsletter for the latest itineraries, guides and deals for South America.

Worldly Adventurer

South America Backpacking Routes: Seven Itineraries for Two Weeks to One Month

By Author Mikha Zeffertt

Posted on Last updated: 6th October 2023

South America is a truly unique travel experience, with myriad landscapes and cultures. Many new South American travellers become intimidated by how much there is to do and how little of it is familiar.

Don’t worry, once you get going, you’ll quickly fall in love with the towering mountains, long beaches, lush forests, old towns and much older ruins. Top it off with friendly people, new foods, a little craziness, and you are bound to have a great time.

When I first landed in the continent, I knew absolutely nothing about traveling here and realised I should have planned where to travel in South America, so I drew a map of the continent and started plotting potential routes. 

I’ve laid out the best South America backpacking routes for you to get the most out of the time you have.

Whether you have two weeks or a month in South America, a shoestring budget or a lavish lifestyle, one of these routes will get you started with your trip ideas and help you discover all that South America has to offer.

South America Backpacking Routes Overlooking the Countryside

Before you dive in, it’s also worth checking out our article about what to pack for South America – a guide written after seven years of exploring the continent – as well as work out which are the best countries in South America to visit for the different interests you have , whether those are hiking, archeological sites, football or wine.

Click to navigate this article:

What should you consider before planning your South America backpacking route?

  • Budget : ‘How much can you spend traveling in South America’ and ‘how much should you spend traveling in South America’ are two very different questions, and both are important. Traveling South America cheaply is possible; the cost of backpacking here is far cheaper than in most other parts of the world and it’s relatively easy to stick to a budget of $50 USD per day. My main tip would be to have a budget so that you don’t overspend but also avoid keeping the purse strings so tight that you miss out on amazing experiences. Identify what is important to you and set aside part of your budget for it before you start. 
  • Where you will land: This is not only important for the route you pick but also relevant when looking at flight costs and visa restrictions. Hubs such as Lima, Santiago, São Paulo and Bogota generally have the cheapest connections with countries outside of South America, as well as plenty of direct flights between these and other parts of the continent.

Argentina economy update

The Argentine economy is a huge mess at the moment, with inflation expected to hit 200% this year. Using Argentine pesos can therefore be a nightmare – and mean you lose a lot of money. The blue dollar (an unofficial exchange rate that gives you a better conversion than the official rate) is around, but if you want to avoid carrying lots of cash, you can now pay using your credit card and get an exchange rate similar to the blue dollar rate. You must choose to pay in Argentine pesos (not USD!) to secure this rate.

Both Mastercard and Visa give you what is called the MEP rate, which is almost as good as the blue dollar rate. Mastercard will charge you the official rate but refund you the money a few days later; Visa will charge you the MEP rate from the beginning.

If you do want to have some Argentine pesos for paying in cash (which I highly recommend as you will need them for some restaurants and attractions), it’s best to use Western Union, whereby you send cash to yourself using the Western Union app and then withdraw it in Argentine pesos from one of their branches in Argentina. Bear in mind, those in El Calafate and Ushuaia can run dry of notes, so it can be easiest to do this in Buenos Aires.

Additionally, you can bring USD (unmarked and untorn hundred dollar bills), which you can exchange at “cuevas” (unofficial exchange houses). These will be able to give you the blue dollar rate and any hotel owner will be able to tell you where your nearest one is. Souvenir shops in most parts of the country will be able to give you pesos in exchange for dollar bills – although they might not give you the best rate.

Avoid cash machines. Currently, the maximum withdrawal is the equivalent of $15 USD in Argentine pesos and it will cost you $10 USD in fees.

  • The best time to go to South America: Remember to also think about the seasons; the best time to go to South America really depends on exactly where you’re heading. The northern countries are usually best visited in the dry season (May to September) and the southern countries in summer (October to April). Read our article for more detailed information about the best time to visit South America .
  • What do you want to do: Do you want to do a five-day hike in Patagonia , learn to surf in Peru , walk the streets of Buenos Aires or dance salsa in Cartagena ? Remember to consider what is important to you to see or do, not only how much time and money you have.
  • Is it dangerous to backpack in South America? No, it’s not. Travelling to South America – or any part of the world in fact – requires pre-planning and thought, so you know how to get from A to B safely and without issue. Learning Spanish before you go is helpful but not essential; what you’ll find is that many travellers follow similar South America travel routes, so you’ll quickly find and make plenty of new friends along the way.
  • The best itinerary for South America: Ultimately, there is no best itinerary. What matters is that you spend your time and your money seeing destinations and having experiences that will last you a lifetime. All of the South America backpacking routes and places to visit outlined in this post have been tried and tested by myself and other backpackers, so it’s really a choice of deciding which one most appeals to your imagination.  

Planning Your Trip to South America?

Save time, stress & money with a customized travel itinerary planned for you by a South America expert

What previous clients have said:

Steph’s itinerary exceeded all expectations. She provided off-the-beaten-path hikes, great restaurants and accommodations, and very helpful local contacts. Due to the weather, we had to deviate from our original plan, however, Steph quickly responded to our email during the trip with further recommendations. Her service took all the guesswork out of planning our vacation and led to the most fun and unforgettable trip we have ever had!

Ten days in South America

Very short trips to South America can be difficult. Cities and tourist attractions are far apart and fast travel (aka flying) is expensive. Good planning will help you make the most of it. 

I’ve laid out one itinerary below, but you can also get inspired by the two-week itineraries for Peru and Colombia, as these can easily be adapted to a shorter duration.

Ten Days in Brazil

Brazil is huge, but this ironically, makes it a great destination for a short South American trip – let’s face it: you would never be able to see it all anyway!

10 days in Brazil travel itinerary

This ten-day Brazil itinerary will give you a taste of the fun, flare and beauty of this vast and extraordinary country.

Days One to Three: Start your trip in Rio de Janeiro , a city that is an absolute must-see on any Brazil trip. There is so much to do here that you will need to plan your activities in advance.

Definitely set aside some time to sun yourself on the beaches of Copacabana, Ipanema or Leblon. Hike or train up to the Christ the Redeemer statue for panoramic views of the hilly city and the glittering Atlantic Ocean below.

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil at Sunset.

Inside the city itself, Santa Theresa is a great artistic neighbourhood to explore and Lapa is the area to experience the nightlife of Rio.

Days Four to Six: Next, take a four-hour bus to Paraty , a colonial coastal city with a laid-back atmosphere and plenty of islands only a day trip away. The old city is a UNESCO World Heritage site and is also popular amongst Brazilian holidaymakers.

South America the Coastal Town of Paraty

You’ll have no problem keeping yourself busy thanks to the rage of gorgeous streets, nearby waterfalls, fine restaurants and interesting boat trips.

Days Seven and Eight: Head south to Florianopolis for some relaxation. You can either take an overnight bus from Paraty or take the bus to Sao Paulo and fly from there. Once you arrive, don’t stay in Florianopolis City; instead, head straight to the island to enjoy its clean and stunning beaches.

You can easily use public transport or rent a car to explore them and the equally striking corners of this gorgeous island.

Iguazu Falls in Brazil a must-see feature on any South America Backpacking Route

Days Nine and Ten: Your last stop is Foz do Iguacu (Iguazú Falls), an overnight bus journey from Florianopolis. Another must-see, these falls are a wonder of the natural world and are jaw-droppingly powerful.

On the border with Argentina, they can be viewed from both sides but the Brazilian side is famous for panoramic views of the entire waterfall complex, with various pathways allowing you to catch sight of all 275 falls.

The bottom line: Brazil is too vast to see on any trip that doesn’t span months, but this itinerary gives you a good snapshot of what this beautiful country has to offer.

Two weeks in South America Itinerary

While two weeks is not a lot of time for traveling in a continent as huge as South America, with some forward-thinking, you can still see a lot.

Top tip: Pick one country to explore rather than spread your time too thin. Peru and Colombia are both great places to explore in short periods of time because both are jam-packed with compelling attractions, all of which aren’t very far away from each other.

Two-week Peru Itinerary

Peru is one of the most intriguing countries to travel to in South America – it’s no surprise that it makes most travellers’ bucket lists. Between beautiful cities, fantastic food, awe-inspiring Inca ruins, and rich indigenous culture, you are bound to fall in love. 

A map showing the route of a two-week Peru itinerary

For a short trip to South America, this is definitely one of the most rewarding destinations as there are so many things to do here in Peru – in what is actually a relatively small country.

What’s more, Peru has a little for everyone: everything from culture, fine dining, ancient history and jaw-dropping scenery (not to mention, the hiking in Peru is up there with some of the best treks in the world!)

Top tip: It’s best to plan your trip in the dry season, which is May through September. This time of year is peak season in Peru but guarantees sunny days that won’t interfere with your plans.

Days One and Two: Start in Lima , the vibrant capital of Peru. Spend some time exploring the boardwalk in fancy Miraflores , the old colonial buildings in the old city centre, and the street art scene of Barranco . If you’re not on a budget, Lima is home to three of the world’s best restaurants: Cent r al , Maido and Astrid y Gastón , where you’ll modern and innovative takes on typical Peruvian dishes .

South America Ceviche

If you’re counting the pennies, try ceviche (a local dish of raw fish, lime and chilli) in Barranco and chifa (Peruvian Chinese food) anywhere.

Days Three to Five: From there, fly to Cusco , the oldest continuously inhabited city in the world. It can get pretty crowded with tourists but is definitely worth it.

Spend a day or two in a city whose history is everywhere you look thanks to the Inca (who built it) and the Spanish (who colonized it). Free walking tours are great for budgets, while souvenir shopping is not so much. 

For accommodation tips, read our guide to where to stay in Cusco.

South America Plaza de las Armas in Cuzco, Peru

Days Six to Eight: Once you’ve acclimatized to the altitude, take a tour of the Sacred Valley , and, of course, visit Machu Picchu . The most efficient way to see the ancient Incan citadel is to take the train: it might be expensive, but it’s the fastest option for a short trip. You can stay overnight the Sacred Valley at one of its many hotels and guesthouses , too.

South America Backpacking Routes: Overlooking Machu Picchu

Alternatively, sign up for a two-day bus tour with an agency in Cusco or add an extra day to your itinerary and take an Inca trail hiking tour instead. 

Days Nine and Ten: Take a spectacular train ride from Cusco to Puno on the shores of Lake Titicaca . Spend a day visiting the Uros floating reed islands or kayaking on what is the highest freshwater lake in the world.

Days Eleven and Twelve: Catch a bus to Arequipa , a beautiful city nestled below El Misti Volcano. Arequipa’s dazzling white and historical centre is another of Peru’s UNESCO World Heritage sites.

Days Twelve and Thirteen: Bus north up the Pacific coast to Nazca , where you can fly over the famous Nazca Lines and get back to Lima by bus in the afternoon. If you’re on a tight budget, it might be better to spend a few more days in Cusco and the surrounding areas, instead.

Day Fourteen: Get ready for the journey home and have one last plate of ceviche and a pisco sour to bid farewell to your trip South America backpacking trip. 

Adapting this itinerary: If you want to make this a shorter trip, cut out Puno and Nazca, and instead head from Cusco to Arequipa and then fly back to Lima. For more details, check out our guides to visiting Machu Picchu (and the Inca Trail ), the Sacred Valley , and all things Peru . Alternatively, extend this trip with a 31-day immersive Spanish language class , which includes accommodation, the Inca Jungle trek to Machu Picchu, visits to the Sacred Valley and Lake Titicaca, plus 80 hours of small-group Spanish language classes across four and a half weeks. Use the promo code WorldlyAdventurer to get a 5% discount!

Two weeks in Colombia

Colombia is one of the best backpacking spots around. It’s cheap, beautiful and Colombians are largely extremely welcoming and friendly.

best 1 month backpacking trips

It’s up to you whether you prioritise nightlife, beaches or history but, whatever you choose, Colombia is a fantastic destination. Before you go, read our guide to the best time to travel to Colombia .

Day 1-4: Start in Bogotá . Colombia’s capital is a diverse, vibrant city filled with bright colours and a dark history. Explore the street art, old buildings, great coffee, and surprising array of brilliant restaurants in Bogota , while the world-class Museo del Oro (Gold Museum) can’t be missed.

The colourful streets of Bogota in Columbia, a must-visit destination on any South America backpacking route

If you like to party, Bogotá boasts some of the best nightclubs in South America and day trips should hinge around Villa de Leyva, a beautiful colonial village, as well as the Salt Cathedral in Zipaquirá .

Alternatively, book yourself onto an incredible tour flying out of Bogotá to San Vicente Del Caguán visiting a part of southern Colombia that was, until recently, inaccessible for travel because of the armed conflict.

Truly adventurous travellers can join the three-day Rafting For Peace tour , where you take on the rapids of the Río Pato alongside ex-FARC militants who’ve found rafting a credible means of bringing peace to the region. Founder Steph did this and it was a truly perception-changing experience; read more in this article she wrote for CNN.

Support sustainable, responsible tourism in Colombia – and learn a tonne about the country’s chequered history along the way- by booking the Rafting for Peace tour with IMPULSE Travel Colombia and get a 5% discount by using the code WORLDLY5 at checkout.

Days Five and Six: Fly to Pereira or Armenia where you can either stay in the colourful town of Salento or in a hacienda in one of the surrounding coffee plantations.

Be sure to do a coffee tour and to play the local game of tejo , a fun traditional game that involves throwing disks at a target, with the bull’s eye being a tiny packet of gunpowder. It’s great fun.

The salt cathedral in Colombia is a must-visit destination on a South America backpacking route

Spend a day hiking in Valle de Cocora National Par k , where you can see wax palms towering up to 60 metres above your head.

Days Seven to Nine: Fly to Medellin , a city famous for its tragic past of gangsters and cocaine. While it was once one of the most dangerous in the world, Medellin is now an innovative modern city, where the weather always feels like spring.

Explore the beautiful parks and some great museums, such as the interactive science museum, Parque Explora .

Read our guide to where to stay in Medellin for further inspiration for visiting the city.

The soaring Palms of the Valle de Cocora, seen on South America Backpacking Routes

Days Ten to Fourteen: Fly up to Cartagena . The Caribbean city of Cartagena de Indias was declared a UNESCO World Heritage site for its incredible colonial old quarter.

You can spend days wandering the picturesque cobbled streets and flowering bougainvillaea. There is a lot of music and food on these busy streets, or you can take a unique tour to learn about the hidden history of Cartagena on a sustainable weaving tour with indigenous Zenú guides .

There are also several beaches and islands nearby that can be visited for a night or just a day trip from the city . We’ve also written all about our favorite places to stay in Cartagena to help you plan your time there.

Adapting this itinerary: If you haven’t had enough, or had a different trip in mind, check out what to do on the Caribbean coast in our one-month Colombia itinerary further down or explore this guide to the best places to visit in Colombia .

Two weeks in Chile

Chile is another rewarding destination to spend a two-week vacation in South America.

While it’s certainly one of the more expensive destinations on the continent, its diverse landscapes and reliable network of flights and buses make it a perfect place for a short South America trip.

And, despite protests back in 2019 and 2020, Chile is a safe and welcoming place to visit .

best 1 month backpacking trips

Days One to Three: Fly into Santiago , the Chilean capital city and spend a day exploring its wealth of museums about historic pre-Colombian cultures, sipping on delicious Chilean wine and getting to grips with the city’s thriving gastronomic scene in award-winning Boragó or Restaurant 040 .

Take a bus out east to the quirky, street-art daubed streets of Valparaíso , a bohemian university city cascading over a coastal hill. Take a free walking tour or graffiti tour and spend an afternoon appreciating the views from Nobel Prize-winning poet Pablo Neruda’s former residence.

Days Four to Six: Return to Santiago and take a plane six hours west across the Pacific Ocean to the fabled volcanic island, Easter Island .

Here, you can hire a car or take tours out to see the stoic moai statues that line the shore, each representing the ancestors of the local Rapanui people, as well as see the quarry from which each and every last one was carved.

Things_to_do_in_Valparaíso_Chile_Barrio_Concepcion

Catch a performance of Polynesian traditional dance in the main town, Hanga Roa , hike around the north-western coastline to see ruins that receive few – if any – visitors or kick back on the white sands of Anakena , a tropical beach in the island’s far north.

Stay overnight in one of Easter island’s comfortable hotels, guesthouses or campgrounds .

Days Seven to Nine: Fly back to Santiago and take an overnight bus to Pucón , southern Chile’s adventure capital. Trek up the rock-strewn and snow-dusted slopes of Volcán Villarrica before easing yourself into the hot thermal springs that dot the surrounding area.

Snow covered Volcan Villarrica is a must-see if you're Backpacking in South America.

Spend a day in nearby Parque Nacional Huerquehue for glorious views of lakes and gushing waterfalls.

Days Ten to Fourteen: Hop on an overnight bus and wake up the next morning in the bustling capital of the Chiloé archipelago, Castro . Catch the city’s houses on stilts – palafitos – in the early morning light for striking photographs.

Cheerfully painted palafitos in the island of Chiloe on this South America Backpacking Route.

Afterwards, take rattling, old public buses between the brightly painted churches of Tenaún, Chonchi and Dalcahue and join the locals for a steaming bowl of curanto (seafood stew) in the latter’s market.

Los Cuernos in Torres del Paine National Park, Patagonia, as seen from the road into the park from the southern entrance

Want a custom-made Chile itinerary, but without the effort of planning it?

Get it planned by an expert (me!) with my travel itinerary planning service ; you’ll give me an overview of your ideal once-in-a-lifetime trip to Chile and/or Patagonia, and I’ll put together a custom itinerary just for you using my expert knowledge of the destination.

Alternatively, if you’re looking for a local operator to plan and book your trip, I recommend our trusted partner EcoChile Travel. They design and book tours throughout the country, such as this 12-day highlights of Southern Patagonia itinerary – and offer Worldly Adventurer readers a 5% discount on their services!

Book here to claim your discount.

Take the bus out to Parque Nacional Chiloé to hike in lush temperate rainforest and admire the island’s most startlingly empty beaches and follow the path to the Muelle de las Almas for a photograph at a cliffside side pier where you can hear the howls of the dead echo through the air.

South America Backpacking Routes: the Dock of Souls appears to be a bridge to nowhere on the Coast of Chile

Return to Castro and fly back to Santiago .

How to adapt this itinerary: We’ve written more about Chile and how to explore this country – with plenty of alternative suggestions – in this two-week Chile itinerary and you can find itineraries to suit your budget and travel style in my brand new guidebook, Moon Chile . For the best accommodation along the way, read this guide to the best hotels in Chile .

One-month South America Backpacking Routes

My recommendation for a one-month South America itinerary is to not try and fit too much in. You don’t want to burn yourself out by trying to cram everything in, but also you need a little wiggle room for the inevitable late bus or great location that throws off your schedule.

Leave yourself a few days unplanned to use when you need a day off or you just can’t resist spending one more day somewhere.

One-month South America travel itinerary: Peru, Northern Chile and Bolivia

This is a perfect trip for seeing some of the greatest highlights of South America. This backpacking route will take you through the most beautiful and historic sites on the continent.

However, be aware that if you’re looking for a super low-budget trip, this isn’t it. Between the tickets to Machu Picchu and the many tours you will want to do in Bolivia and Chile, this is for someone who’s seeking an action-packed trip and is happy to pay for more expensive tours and transport options.

A map with an itinerary for a trip to Peru, Bolivia and Chile plotted

Start your trip flying into Lima , the capital of Peru. It’s both busy and huge, and possibly a little intimidating, but it’s a good introduction to traveling in South America!

Walk the beachfront of Miraflores at sunset, explore the trendy Barranco neighbourhood, and be sure to eat some ceviche, local dish of raw fish, lime and chilli.

Beautifully painted Street Art is common in Lima Peru on these South America Backpacking Routes

It is also worth visiting the Larco Museum to get a better understanding of Peruvian history, the beautiful 18th-century villa houses a large collection showing 5 000 years of pre-Columbian art.

From there, fly or bus it overnight to Arequipa . This beautiful colonial-style city is a UNESCO World Heritage site that sits beneath a volcano. Be sure to do a city walking tour (free, except you will have to tip your guide) to see its detailed, baroque architecture carved from white volcanic stone.

Explore what the city has to offer with our comprehensive guide to what to do in Arequipa and find a comfortable place to stay with our guide to accommodation in the city .

The brightly decorated hats of Arequipa Traditional Dress on this South America Backpacking Route

From here you can also take a two- or three-day trip to hike Colca Canyon , the second deepest canyon in the world.

Your next stop is San Pedro de Atacama , Chile. Take the morning bus from Arequipa to Tacna, cross over the border to Arica in Chile and then the overnight bus that brings you the next morning to this small desert town on the Chilean-Bolivian border.

While this place is a tourist trap of note, it’s worth visiting because it is the base for a plethora of surrounding activities. My favourites were Valle de la Luna , a truly surreal sand valley of salt and cliffs, and the stargazing tours .

You cannot understand how expansive the universe is until you see a desert night sky with absolutely no light pollution, allowing crystal clear skies with the Milky Way branching above you. 

None of the tours are cheap and tour agencies will do their best to overcharge, but you can often negotiate better prices if you are in a group or booking multiple tours with one company, and it’s advisable to ask for more than one place for a quote.

Make friends in your hostel and see who’s found a good deal or is interested in the same tours you are.

San Pedro de Atacama is also the departure point for the three-day trip to the Salar de Uyuni , the picture-perfect salt flats that lie just on the other side of the border in Bolivia.

You can do a one- to four-day tour from Uyuni in Bolivia, but why not use it as a way to travel to Bolivia rather than starting and ending in the same place? 

Surface and sky come together on the salt flats of Salar de Uyuni on these South America Backpacking Routes

From San Pedro de Atacama, it’s a three-day tour across the border and through the blinding white plateau of the Bolivian salt flats , an experience that is definitely worth it but is far from a luxury travel experience.

The trip is entirely done in a cramped SUV-type vehicle that would have done the trip many times before you arrived and the accommodation is basic. However, the landscapes, lakes and hot springs are some of the most beautiful scenery I have seen anywhere in the world and this experience should not be skipped.

Once you make it to Salar de Uyuni , your tour will give you a day to enjoy the expansive salt flats and then take you to Uyuni before dark. Spend the night in Uyuni, get warm, have a good shower and then a bus to Sucre the next day.

This will be probably one of the worst bus rides of your life – I don’t want to lie to you, as Bolivian buses largely suck. Almost all the buses are old, with no heating, and uncomfortable seats.

Couple these with the narrow, winding rows of the Bolivian Andes, and you get quite a combination. Wear warm clothes and try not to sit at the front.

Bolivia’s capital Sucre is a colonial city with great markets and a range of cool things to do. Try and find the hilarious zebras of the zebra crossings: volunteers who dress up as zebras to direct pedestrians across the busier streets.

A dancing Zebra in the city of Sucre helps keep people safe when crossing the street. Check them out on this South America Backpacking Route

There is also a two-day hike to the Maragua Crater , where you can see the geological formations that formed around Sucre, including some truly fascinating fossilized dinosaur footprints that were exposed by an earthquake. 

If you aren’t interested in the hike but want to see fossils, head over to Park Cretácico , a dinosaur museum just on the outskirts of Sucre that offers tours to the base of an entire wall of hundreds of dinosaur footprints, which was discovered accidentally in still-functioning quarry.

See the footsteps of giants on this South America Backpacking Route that takes you to Parque Cretacico.

From Sucre, you can either fly or take the bus to La Paz . The capital of Bolivia, La Paz is the highest capital city in the world, sitting at 3,640m above sea level. Don’t underestimate this altitude: it will knock the wind out of you, so take it slow.

Explore the Witches Market, take a whirl at bicycling down the infamous Death Road, or just explore the endless street markets and try my favourite, api morada , a spiced purple corn drink that is drunk warm for breakfast.

Next stop is Lake Titicaca , the highest freshwater lake in the world. Copacabana is a small town on its shores and is famous for being a Catholic pilgrimage site. While the town is a bit of a tourist trap, the glittering blue lake and the expansive sunsets are definitely worth a visit.

Spend a day or two on the Isla del Sol , believed by the Incans to be the birthplace of the sun. This tranquil island has a walking path that crosses the length of it and is dotted with ruins and fishing villages.

The Sunset over Mountains and Beaches on the Isla del Sol on this South America Backpacking Route.

It is now time to return to Peru. Take a tourist bus from Copacabana to Cusco . You can stop along the way in Puno on the Peruvian side of Lake Titicaca to see the floating reed villages of the Uros people.

There is also an option to take a cultural bus tour from Puno where you can learn some Peruvian history and see some pre-Incan sites along the way.

There are a few companies offering the service but Inca Express are what we’d recommend.

You should be acclimated by the time you make it to Cusco , the oldest continuously inhabited city in the world. Spend a day or two here exploring the cobblestone streets and local Inca sites, like Sacsayhuaman .

Free walking tours are great for budgets, and it is a fantastic place for some souvenir shopping, but watch out for inflated tourist prices.

The Plaza and Terraces of Sacsayhuaman Peruvian Temple on this South America Backpacking Route

Cusco was once the capital of the Incan Empire and a large centre during Spanish colonial rule. The city has retained archaeological and architectural elements from its complex history, meaning there is so much to explore.

Be careful to leave enough time at the end of your trip to really enjoy it. You could very easily spend a week here and still have things to do every day.

When you have soaked up Cusco, head out on a tour of the Sacred Valley or stay over in Ollantaytambo . Home to a massive Incan fortress, it’s a great base for exploring the most unmissable sights and attractions in the Sacred Valley .

Wild mountains overlook the Sacred Valley of  Ollantaytambo along these South America Backpacking Routes

This itinerary sees you saving the best for last – the purpose for most people’s trips: Machu Picchu . The most efficient way to get to the ancient Incan citadel is to take the train.

While expensive, this method will save you a lot of time as the alternative involves multiple busses and a long walk; alternatively, consider hiking the four-day, famed Inca highway, the Inca Trail instead.

Have a day exploring the ruins and then either spend the night in the nearby town of Aguas Calientes or head back to Cusco.

The bus back to Lima is a long one, so if you can afford the flight back I would recommend it. 

The bottom line: And then that’s it! It’s a lot to fit into a month but you’ll really have covered some ground and made the most of your trip thanks to this one-month South America backpacking route.

One-month South America travel itinerary: Colombia

If I had one month to travel in South America, I would choose to spend it in Colombia. It is fun, beautiful and rich in history. This trip will show you the sights and leave a lot of room for enjoying the culture of this colourful country.

Map with a one-month Colombia travel itinerary plotted

Seriously: Colombia should be on every backpacker’s South America wish list!

The two-week Colombia itinerary above can easily be extended to become one month in the country. Once you have completed this two-week route and ended up in Cartagena, spend the extra two weeks on the Caribbean coast .

The northern coast is the beautiful, picture-perfect shoreline of your beach holiday dreams. As you head east along the coast the distances between towns are small and easily crossed by local bus.

The streets of Colonial Cartagena - brightly painted and covered in flowers. Discover them on these South America Backpacking Routes

Now you’ve explored central Colombia and made it to Cartagena, you have a number of options of where to go next. If some relaxation is what you are after, consider visiting the San Bernardo islands (or one of the other attractions that are a day trip from Cartagena ).

Located only an hour’s boat ride from the mainland, this island is also home to the marvellous Casa En El Agua, an eco-hostel built as an island in a national park.

Otherwise there’s Isla Fuerte , once a hiding place for pirates and drug smugglers, which is now filled with a sleepy village, many donkeys and great open-air bars.

If relaxation doesn’t strike the right tone for you, instead, from Cartegena head east up the coast to Santa Marta for some scuba diving and to use it as a base for visiting the surrounding areas.

Just down the road is the world-famous Tayrona National Park , a gorgeous protected area where the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta mountains meet the coast. Palm-covered coves, thick rainforest, lagoons and white sand beaches support rich biodiversity. You can hike, swim and even stay overnight in this expansive park.

If the Caribbean heat is getting to you, take a jeep from Santa Marta to the cooler climate of Minca , a jungle mountain village with some incredible hostels and waterfall hikes.

Your next stop should be Palomino , a beachfront town of cocktails and relaxation. You can tube down the river and swim offshore from long, sandy beaches. 

Fellow travelers hang out in a group hammock overhanging the valley in Minca Colombia on these South America Backpacking Routes

Continue on towards the desert in the North Eastern corner of Colombia. A great stop along the way is Los Flamencos Natural Reserve to see flamingos and other bird life. The last destination is Cabo de la Vela , a beach town where it almost never rains – it is in the desert after all.

Learn how to kitesurf and dine on the local langostino , a type of crayfish. Take a day trip up to Punta Gallinas , the northern tip of South America, and see the beautiful dunes of northern coast.

From there, bus back to Santa Marta and fly back to Bogota to catch your flight home. 

The bottom line: This varied backpacking travel itinerary is for someone looking for a rich combination of history, beaches – and plenty of fun!

One month in Patagonia

We’re obsessed with Patagonia on this website, and we’ve got plenty of itinerary ideas to sink your teeth into.

Map with a one-month travel itinerary for Patagonia plotted

Fly from Santiago south to Puerto Montt , where you can pick up a hire car (get the low-down on driving in Patagonia before you do).

Drive south down Carretera Austral , South America’s finest road trip and stop to hike and admire the landscapes of lush, temperate rainforest, steaming volcanoes and pristine fjords.

Spend a few days trekking and relaxing in hot springs in Parque Nacional Pumalín before driving southeast to Futaleufú to experience the best white-water rafting in South America.

Sharp mountains overlook the wilderness and glaciers of Pumalin National Park along these South America Backpacking Routes

Continue the drive south via Puyuhuapi , to see the truly remarkable Queulat Hanging Glacier , and then on to Parque Nacional Cerro Castillo , for a day or even four-day traverse through one of Patagonia’s newest national parks.

Covid-19 update: You MUST make a reservation in order to visit Parque Nacional Queulat where the Queulat Hanging Glacier is located. You can do this on this website , but you will need to pay in cash (bring small notes) upon arrival. You can only enter the park between 9:00am and 14:30pm (you can stay within the park until 16.30pm) and you must bring your reservation code on your phone or printed off to show at the park entrance.

Continue on your way south, cruising along this southern highway to reach Puerto Río Tranquilo where you can take a speedboat or paddle a kayak out to the candy-cane marble caves .

Spend an extra day either ice trekking on the Exploradores Glacier or – if your budget is big enough – taking a day cruise out to the Glaciar San Rafael .

Do a loop of the mesmerizingly blue waters of Lago General Carrera , stopping at Chile Chico to visit the northern sector of Parque Nacional Patagonia , Sector Jeinimeni, for shorts hikes and outstanding scenery, before taking the boat north across the lake and return your car to Balmaceda airport.

Fly from Balmaceda to Punta Arenas and take the bus north to Puerto Natales , where you can organize your equipment and food for the four- or five-day W trek (or, if you’ve got more time, the 10-day circuit ) in Parque Nacional Torres del Paine .

If you’ve got more time, board the 32-hour TABSA ferry from Punta Arenas to Puerto Williams , the world’s southernmost settlement ($151,110 CLP ($196 USD).

It sails through the Beagle Channel and its most dazzling section: Glacier Alley – a stretch of water lined by hanging tidewater glaciers. Very expensive cruise ships normally ply this route; instead, the Yaghan ferry is the local form of transport (and priced accordingly!).

From Puerto Williams, which is home to plenty of hiking, you can cross the Beagle Channel and spend a day or two in Ushuaia before flying up to El Calafate .

This purple sunset over Puerto Natales Chile is the perfect starting point for some of the Best South America Backpacking Routes

When you’ve accomplished the challenge of hiking in the remote Patagonia scenery near Puerto Natales, board a bus across the border to El Calafate , a small town in striking distance of the awe-inspiring Glacier Perito Moreno .

Take the public bus for a day tour out to the boardwalks that sit beneath the glacier’s snout.

Back in El Calafate, take a bus north to El Chaltén , Argentine Patagonia’s hiking capital.

Set on the very outskirts of Parque Nacional Los Glaciares , this town makes a great place from which to approach a range of day hikes, including to Laguna de los Tres and Laguna Torre , both of which boast splendid mountain reflections in sparkling glacial lakes.

Mountains overlook a brilliant turquoise lake in El Chalten Argentina on this South America Backpacking Route.

If you’ve more time and are an experienced hiker, embark on the four-day Huemul trek, which takes you in a loop of the park with stunning vistas of the Southern Patagonia Ice Field.

Return by bus to El Calafate and fly to Buenos Aires or continue on from here back to Santiago .

How to adapt this itinerary: If you’ve got less time, it is possible to explore Patagonia in just a one- or two-week vacation . For more information, we’ve gone into more depth about visiting both the Chilean and Argentine sides of this region, including the best national parks, road trip destinations and most remote areas in this comprehensive post about Patagonia backpacking itineraries . You can also add on a trip to Antarctica (check out this cruise from Ushuaia to the Antarctic Peninsula  from the highly-recommended company Swoop Antarctica), just be aware the season for cruises is limited. This guide to when to visit Antarctica can help you plan.

Tuesday 12th of July 2022

Hello, Can you pls. help me with my itinerary. I will be in Bogota, Colombia from Oct. 25-27. Oct. 28 fly to Cusco, Peru for 2 days. Travel to Aguas Calientes for Macchu Picchu. Then travel to Arequipa for Calca canyon. After that I wanted to Arica, Chile. Which is the nearest city to Arica La Paz or Uyuni, Bolivia. Or which is the nearest or next to Arequipa La paz or Arica. After that I wanted to go to Rio de Janeiro, Brazil then to Iguazu falls. After that I have to be in Ushuaia by Nov. 17 or 18 for my trip to Antarctica on November 19 until November 28. I have time after my trip to Antarctica as my fly back home is Dec. 6. pls. help me to how to put together my itinerary if which route is better for me. I will appreciate your help.

Mildred Pinkihan

Steph Dyson

Thursday 21st of July 2022

Hi Mildred, I can help with trip planning if you contact me at [email protected] . You can see the prices for this service here. Steph

  • Meet the Team
  • Our Manifesto
  • Work with Us
  • Budget Travel
  • Personal Development
  • Work & Travel
  • United Kingdom
  • More of Europe
  • Philippines
  • More of Southeast Asia
  • More of South America
  • More of Central America
  • South Korea
  • More of Asia
  • More of North America
  • New Zealand
  • Pacific Islands
  • More of Oceania
  • South Africa
  • More of Africa
  • More of the Middle East
  • Travel Essentials
  • Travel Gear

Home » South America » Backpacking Travel Guide

Backpacking South America Travel Guide (TRAVEL TIPS • 2024)

So, you want to know how to travel South America, eh? Well, you’re in the right place! 

Backpacking through South America is like learning to ride a bike without the training wheels. There is just the right amount of danger and curve balls to keep you alert, focused, and totally stoked on life.

With the exception of a handful of backpacker hotspots, South America is the wild west frontier of backpacking. This is the land of crazy parties, epic surfing, sprawling cities, and wild landscapes including the Andes and the Amazon jungle.

Above all else, South America is stunningly beautiful. Though challenging to navigate at times, it’s budget backpacker friendly, diverse, relatively safe, and one hell of a travel experience…

But South America is MASSIVE. Deciding where to go and how to travel South America is a mind-boggling task. That’s where I come in, amigos. This South America travel guide will provide you with EVERYTHING you need to know to prepare for your trip through South America.

Here’s the full low-down on how to backpack South America including routes, country profiles, tips and tricks for South America budget travel, and much more.f

Lace up your bootstraps and prepare to have your travel inspiration skyrocket. We’re going on an adventure!

Silhouette of a woman fishing in a river in front of a red-orange sunset

The Broke Backpacker is supported by you . Clicking through our links may earn us a small affiliate commission, and that's what allows us to keep producing free content 🙂 Learn more .

Why Go Backpacking in South America?

The South American continent is one of my favourite places on earth. It was always a place that mystified me: the traveller group was generally older and more mature. So when I got invited (by a sexy South American), I jumped at the chance.

It’s a place where I learned the art of budget travel , fell in love countless times, and had a multitude of life-changing experiences along the way. If you want to get off the beaten track whilst still having the option to meet plenty of other travellers, South America is the place to level up your backpacking skills and head on a real adventure…

Laura looking out over green hills holding a mate

South America is one of the most diverse continents on earth. It is home to the world’s second-highest mountain range in the Andes, world-class surf beaches, the Amazon Basin, the world’s driest desert, huge plains of lush grassland, glaciers, and unique wildlife not found anywhere else on Earth…

Each country you visit whilst backpacking South America offers up the opportunity to experience the incredible natural and cultural forces unique to that region.

Backpacking South America is generally a cheap endeavour – although it’s not as cheap as Southeast Asia or India. There are some fairly expensive corners of South America that you should avoid if you’re travelling on a budget .

You will fall in love with South America (and maybe a person or two along the way). So let’s dive into some South America travel itineraries and backpacking routes for your trip.

Best Travel Itineraries for Backpacking South America

Best places to visit in south america – country breakdowns, 9 top things to do in south america, backpacker accommodation in south america, south america backpacking costs, best time to travel to south america, staying safe in south america, getting into south america, how to get around south america, working in south america, what to eat in south america, south american culture, unique experiences in south america, faqs about backpacking in south america, final thoughts on backpacking south america.

  • Buy Us a Coffee!

When making a South America backpacking itinerary, remember that travel distances are HUGE, internal flights expensive, and sometimes you want to stay somewhere longer than anticipated.

backpackers walking next to the train tracks towards Machu Pichu.

So choose your South America backpacking route carefully. Unlike other continents, how much time you have really matters; you simply can’t do all of it.

If you only have 2 or 3 weeks for travelling South America, forget about seeing the whole continent. I recommend sticking to one country and devoting your energy to exploring it properly. 

In one month, you could explore some countries closer to each other. You could visit Bolivia and Lake Titicaca in Peru for example. It’s good to have room for spontaneity in your South America travel itinerary too.

2 Week South America Travel Itinerary – The West Coast Appetizer

best 1 month backpacking trips

You’ll have to keep moving to make this itinerary happen in 2 weeks, but I believe in you!

Start your backpacking South America itinerary in Colombia by visiting Cartagena . After a few days, head to Santa Marta , the jump-off point for Minca – a charming mountain town – and Tayrona National Park. Plus, there are so many good places to stay in Santa Marta too.

Get a bit off the beaten path, and head east to Cabo de la Vela (where the desert meets the sea) and Punta Galinas , where you can feast on fresh seafood along the Caribbean coast. Doubling back to Cartagena , head to nearby Playa Blanca and Tolú (mangrove) before heading to Islas de San Bernardo (white-sanded islands).

Or you could start in Lima , Peru. Explore the city for a day or two before heading to the Nazca Lines , Arequipa , and Colca Canyon . 

Then head to Cusco in the Andes. Take a few days to get used to the altitude before setting off on a multi-day trek to Macchu Picchu.

Alternatively, start in Buenos Aires . Then you can head south to trek in Patagonia . In southern Argentina and Chile, you can do the world-famous Torres del Paine circuit . 2 weeks is cutting it fine but – if you hustle – you could pull it off.

In 2 weeks, you can get a good taste of Colombia, Ecuador , or Bolivia . Don’t miss out on the Salt Flats . 

1 Month South America Travel Itinerary – The Starter

best 1 month backpacking trips

With 1 month, you can make an epic backpacking South America itinerary. If you want to explore more than one country in South America, you’re gonna need more than 3 weeks. 

For surf bums, you could easily spend a month heading beach to beach from Southern Peru all the way to Colombia , in 1 month. Or you could do 2 weeks in Argentina followed by 2 weeks of hiking in Chilean Patagonia . 

If it were me, larger countries like Argentina, Chile , and Brazil are better to explore with more than 1 month. You can do it but you will spend a long time on bus journeys, so I would just stick to one area. 

Southeast Brazil is a good choice for 1 month on a South America itinerary: travel from Rio de Janeiro all the way south to Florianópolis and hit up everything in between. Bear in mind that you’ll probably want to stay in Rio AND Floripa longer than you expect.

Highlights of this route include exploring the megapolis of São Paulo , idyllic getaways of Ilha Grande and Paraty , eco-friendly and laidback Curitiba , and the crazy nightclubs of Balneário Camboriú .

Or, you could fly into Ecuador and spend 3 weeks exploring here: stay at a great hostel in Guayaquil before heading to Montañita . In Montañita you can party and surf to your heart’s content. Head North towards Bahia de Caraquez and Canoa for surf towns that are more off the beaten path. 

Next head to the mountains, stopping first in Quito . There are some excellent treks in the Ecuadorian Andes .

If you have time, definitely hit up the Volcano Loop trail on the outskirts of Cotopaxi National Park . A trip to the jungle around Puyo is recommended as well. Then head for a week of trekking in Colombia .

3 Month South America Travel Itinerary – The Great South America Main Course

best 1 month backpacking trips

3 months backpacking South America, eh? Hell yes!

I recommend flying into Lima, Peru unless you know you want to start in the north (Brazil or Colombia) or further south (Argentina or Chile). Explore Lima and the coast before heading to the Andes. There Machu Picchu awaits in all of its glory.

Definitely do a trek to the famous Inca city! (More on hiking in South America later). From here, you can either drop down on the other side of the Andes and explore the Amazon basin or you can head south to Bolivia and eventually Argentina and Patagonia .

Alternatively, you can slowly start making your way north via the Coast. You could spend a month (or more) in Ecuador, Colombia, or Brazil respectively.

Personally, I started off in Buenos Aires then went north to Brazil and Colombia . The distances were truly massive. I’m talking 30-hour bus rides (on comfortable buses I must say). 

Travelling in South America is never a quick affair, so plan your itinerary accordingly.

6 Month South America Travel Itinerary – The Full 3-Course Latin America

best 1 month backpacking trips

Life has brought you to the fortunate crossroads of having 6 months to travel South America? Good on you! 

With a 6-month backpacking South America itinerary, you have the luxury of really being able to take your damn time. To see multiple countries, it’s a practical choice to begin your journey either in the north or the south to avoid backtracking.

With a 6 month itinerary, you can explore many South American countries in depth. I’ll be honest with you, the itinerary shown on the map is really fucking ambitious. But hopefully, it gives you an idea of what crossing this vast continent would look like.

Starting your journey in Rio de Janerio or São Paulo might be a bit of a rough landing, though you will be a primed bad-ass by the time it comes to move on to another country. Other options are starting with some days in Buenos Aires , in Argentina, and Chile, in the south.

You could be surfing it up on the coast of Ecuador one day, and be in the mountains of Peru several days (and many bus rides) later. I advise taking a chunk of your time to really explore and get off the beaten path in top destinations like Brazil , Colombia , and Bolivia .

Having 6 months or more to go backpacking truly means you have a total blank slate to work with. So get ready to write your own beautiful backpacking destiny!

Want to save money on accommodation?

supporting image for Booking.com deals promo

We got you. For reals.

Each country in South America has something unique and profoundly exciting for backpackers. But they also have some common themes: they are Spanish speaking (minus Portuguese in Brazil), they have stunning natural beauty, and some of the nicest people you will meet whilst travelling. So finding the best places to backpack in South America has a lot to do with your own interests.

Woman sat by the river in South America with her flip flops off

Maybe you’ll explore the epic snow-capped peaks of Patagonia in Argentina and Chile. Party with beautiful people at the Carnival in Brazil. 

Trek to the Lost City in Colombia. Experience the sun-drenched deserts of Bolivia and the colourful Rainbow Mountains of Peru.

Backpacking through South America truly is a life-changing journey through one of the planet’s most fascinating landmasses. When you visit South America, you can be sure that it will be some of the most fun you will have in your life.

Group of travellers looking the view of mountains and lakes in Neuquen, Argentina.

South America is a vast continent on the move. The number of people travelling to South America is increasing every year. Whilst the cost of living in South America remains quite low, each country requires a different budget for travellers.

Once you begin to discover a few of the South American countries, you will be entranced by the jaw-dropping landscapes, fascinating history, vibrant culture, and awesome food.

Let’s take a look at the countries that make backpacking in South America so damn special.

Backpacking Brazil

Brazil is, hands down, one of South America’s most dynamic countries. It’s all about the extremes. Whether it’s the parties, the people, or nature, the vibrations run through everything – and connect everyone.

Backpacking in Brazil offers up sick surf beaches, fun-loving locals, insane parties, and landscapes that would make even the most seasoned traveller say “no shit, mate, look at that!”

Of course, the Brazilian festival Carnival is legendary – and for good reason. Get your mind blown on the Brazilian side of  Iguaçu Falls , visit the Amazon , drink a Caipirinha on the beach! Plus Brazil’s home to big up-and-coming cities like Belo Horizonte, Curitiba, and Natale.

People walking, sitting and playing volleyball on a sunny day at Copacabana Beach in Rio de Janeiro.

And when I say ‘extreme’, I mean extreme : Brazil is absolutely MASSIVE and covers nearly half (47%) of South America’s landmass! That should give you an idea of how big it is.

But, more importantly, it gives you a better idea of how much diversity Brazil has on offer. In fact, there’s a lot going for Brazil that you may not be aware of.

For example, trekking probably isn’t the first thing that pops into your mind when you think about backpacking through Brazil. It’s a shame because Brazil has truly gorgeous trails spread throughout the country. It’s also home to Iguazu, one of the most incredible waterfalls on Earth.

The best hiking opportunities are usually found in Brazil’s national parks  (parques nacionais ). Brazil has over 70 national parks and – in terms of beauty – these can contend with any other on Earth.

What to Know Before Visiting Brazil

Surfers on the beach in Itacare, Brazil at sunset

  • Don’t miss out on… Florianopolis. The Brazilians favourite place to visit for a reason. It’s chilled, safe, and gorgeous. You plan to stay in Floripa for a week, it grabs you by the balls, and you get stuck for months.
  • Keep an eye out for… Travel distances. Don’t be fooled: they’re way longer than they seem on the map. Give yourself plenty of time to get from A to B.
  • The coolest hostel is… Hostel do Morro . In one of my favourite destinations in Brazil, this hostel is a true nature immersion. In the “mato”, with sea view and monkeys visiting. A true good vibes place!
  • The best food is found in… Belo Horizonte. There is an amazing energy to this place; everyone hangs out on the streets, eating and drinking at plastic tables, all night long.

Backpacking Colombia

Whilst South America has many countries that I consider to have the full package , Colombia is the most complete. It’s a relatively small country. So considering the scale of epic surf, neverending parties, untouched jungle, happening cities, and towering mountains, Colombia is a reason for backpackers to keep travelling!

Cali, Cartagena, Bogotá , and Medellín are a few major cities in Colombia where you can really let loose. Go and have some extraordinary conversations with the locals about life in Latin America and not taking life too seriously.

Man looking over vista in Medellin, Colombia

Is Colombia safe ? Perhaps your mum would love to know. Hell yes, it is !

As much as Colombianos are ready for the disassociation with Pablo Escobar, it’s hard not to mention the impact that he made on the country and the South American continent as a whole. But his reign of terror is over.

Modern-day Colombia couldn’t be more different from the days when narco-traffickers ruled the country. Visiting Medellín now vs 20 years ago is a COMPLETELY different experience. The Medellín of today is a great experience.

Colombia is for adventure junkies and nature lovers too. The northern terminus of the Andes Mountains ends here and you can take your treks into the deep jungle in Colombia’s National Parks .

What to Know Before Visiting Colombia

Colombia street view in Medellin, comuna 13 neighbourhood

  • Don’t miss out on… Carnival in Barranquilla. Most of the time, this industrial town is overlooked by travellers. But for one week of the year, this place goes NUTS.
  • Keep an eye out for… how difficult the trek to Cuidad Perdida is. It’s long, treacherous, and hot as shit, but absolutely worth the effort in the end. The Lost City is one of the best places to visit in South America.
  • The coolest hostel is… Viajero Santa Marta Hostel . Great location and has lazy and peaceful vibes. Amazing rooftop and activities to connect and meet other travelers.
  • The best food is found in… the local restaurants. Look for the menu del dia to feel like you’ll never need to eat again.

Backpacking Ecuador

Ecuador might be small but it certainly packs a punch. I spent 3 months backpacking in Ecuador and could easily spend many more.

The diversity is incredible and it’s a great place to experience Andean Highland culture. The people who live in the Andes have a distinct and ancient culture rooted in mountain life. They even speak another language called Quechua . It’s a relatively safe country , and isn’t ruined by mass tourism.

In addition to staying in colonial cities like Quito , Ecuador’s natural landscape is the biggest draw. You can spend weeks or months exploring the coast before heading to the mountains and vice versa. Towering over the shore, volcanoes, waterfalls, and massive snow-capped mountains all make incredible trekking routes.

Surfing reigns supreme on the Ecuadorian coast. It attracts surfers from all over the globe. Even if you’re a beginner, it’s a great place to catch your first waves. Towns like  Montañita and Canoa are famous surf beaches and party hotspots.

Street with colorful colonial houses in Quito

If you have some extra cash in your budget, you can visit The Galápagos Islands . But be warned – this is not a cheap endeavour, especially for excursions like diving (though it is AWESOME). So prepare yourself to shell out some cash!

Then there is the Amazon Basin of Ecuador. The Amazon region is what helps make Ecuador one of the most biologically diverse places on earth. The Amazon is best explored by boat with a local guide and is bound to be the adventure of a lifetime!

What to Know Before Visiting Ecuador

Surf board and coconut at the beach in Ecuador coast.

  • Don’t miss out on… exploring the highlands and Cotopaxi National Park. Easily accessed from Quito and totally epic.
  • You know what’s overrated … Montañita. It’s not all it use to be and is mostly catered to foreigners who want to get wasted and high. If you want real Ecuadorian culture, there are better places nearby.
  • The coolest hostel is… Casa del Sol . Relaxed vibe at a few steps from the beach. Close enough to go party and far enough to have a good sleep. THE place for yoga and Surf.
  • The best food is found in… the small almuerzo (lunch) cafes found across the country.

Backpacking Peru

Ah Peru. Backpacking Peru is the essence of travelling in South America. Though tourism has spiked in Peru in recent years, there is still plenty of magic to be found here.

The cost of backpacking Peru is a little higher than you might expect. Expect to pay between $30-40 USD a day whilst travelling here. (But more about the cost of backpacking South America later.)

Peru has a super long coastline dotted with prime surf beaches and scuba diving sites. In the Andes lies a whole other form of beauty.

I mean, who isn’t aware of Machu Picchu and hiking the Inca Trail ? Besides the obvious, there is much, much more to the Peruvian Andes than Machu Picchu. Although, you still have to go there!

Peru has some truly fascinating colonial cities as well, including Cuenca and Cuzco, which is the gateway city to Machu Picchu. The off-the-beaten-path potential in Peru is enormous.

snowy mountains in peru

Check out the Rainbow Mountains to see nature at its most colourful. Hike the majestic  Cordillera Huayhuash . Explore Colca Canyon and sleep out under a billion stars.

If you want a truly magical experience, there are many eco-lodges in Peru that are nestled in the best nature spots, from the Amazon jungle to the Andes mountain range.

Wherever you decide to travel in Peru, be sure that it will be a highlight of your South America backpacking adventure.

What to Know Before Visiting Peru

Backpacker looking at the old city of Machu Picchu on a rainy day.

  • Don’t miss out on… a motorcycle journey through the Sacred Valley outside Cuzco. It’s definitely worth staying in Cuzco a little longer for this.
  • You know what’s overrated… the Inca Trail. Go for the less-trod Salkantay Trek to Machu Picchu instead.
  • The coolest hostel is… Banana’s Adventure Hostel . In an unreal location (an oasis in a desert) this is a sociable and relaxed vibes hostel. With a great rooftop plus a lovely garden with hammocks, and an outdoor pool.
  • The best food is found in… Lima. This city is full of cafes, local lunch spots, and street food vendors. The best are in Barranco and Miraflores. Pig out on ceviche !

Backpacking Bolivia

Backpacking in Bolivia offers up a glimpse of what South America was like 30 years ago. It’s a country looking to the future in many ways whilst still having one foot firmly rooted in the tradition of the past.

Expect super friendly locals, dramatic desert and mountain landscapes, and the kind of low prices which make the dirtbag within us very happy. You could easily get by on $20-25 a day here, and even less by roughing it a bit.

Bolivia is home to plenty of adrenaline-pumping activities including the Road of Death , which, in essence, is a road down through the mountains in which people ride bicycles to the bottom at top speed. The ride goes on for at least 30 kilometres and it is straight down. Can you guess why it’s called the Road of Death yet?

Aside from the high-risk adventure activities, Bolivia is safe for the most part as well.

Bolivian Culture

World-class trekking is abundant in the Bolivian Andes. If you love to hike, all the more reason to visit Bolivia. Bring along a good sleeping bag as temperatures can plummet at night.

La Paz has the best hostels (particularly for partiers) and is a cool city to base yourself in. Lake Titicaca is breathtaking, however, it has become far too touristy – I personally can’t deal with that many people taking selfies. I don’t blame the locals as they need to make a living. Just the way it has been done is unfortunate.

The Salt Flats are also cool AF. Okay, admittedly it’s pretty touristy too, but it’s still worth a visit.

What to Know Before Visiting Bolivia

two cholita wrestlers wearing colourful dresses raising their hands together in the ring

  • Don’t miss out on… the Salar de Uyuni. Yes, everyone who comes to Bolivia does this and, yes, it’s touristy. Regardless, it’s still in-fuckin-credible.
  • Keep an eye out for… the altitude. Some people fly directly to La Paz from sea level and get sick almost immediately. At 3640 meters, La Paz is the highest major city in the world.
  • The coolest hostel is… Wild Rover La Paz . A dynamic and festive hostel. The perfect place to start your Bolivian experience connecting with other travellers. Great location in the central area.
  • The best food is found in… La Paz. This is the epicenter of Bolivia’s newly emerging food culture.

Backpacking Chile

There are no half measures while Backpacking Chile. From trekking through gorgeous glacial national parks to exploring the martian bone-dry Atacama desert , you’re all in for one hell of an experience.

Backpackers hitchhiking on the road in atacama desert, Chile.

There are 36 National Parks in Chile ; all of them are beautiful and unique in their own way. Chile is also home to Easter Island , one of the most mysterious places on the planet.

Like Argentina, Chilean Patagonia is a paradise for trekkers and adventure types – though it does take some effort to reach the places you want to go trekking in. That said, the journey is well worth it; experiencing some of the planets last truly wild places is an indescribable feeling that you can only understand by doing it!

Most backpackers will start their backpacking journey in Santiago. But you can come to Chile from one of its borders in the South (as I did).

Oh yeah, one more thing: Chilean wine is cheap and it is damn good! Do you need more reasons?

What to Know Before Visiting Chile

Person hugging an araucaria tree, also known as monkey puzzle tree, in the Andes mountains in Chile.

  • Don’t miss out on… Patagonia, and not just the usual spots. Chilean Patagonia is vastly unexplored, especially the fjords. Look out for whales, dolphins, penguins, and elephant seals.
  • Keep an eye out for… fire bans in Torres del Paine. A lot of nature has been threatened because of dickhead backpackers using gas burners, despite warnings.
  • The coolest hostel is… MaPatagonia Hostel . Near a beautiful lake, this place has what you need. Kitchen facilities, a nice big garden, some cats, and a jacuzzi! There is also a fireplace for those cold nights.
  • The best food is found in… Santiago. Staying in Santiago will unlock the most culinary options, including the cheap street food stalls.

Backpacking Argentina

Viva Argentina!

Backpacking Argentina is one for the ages. Welcome to the land of wine, excessive meat, football, tango, incredibly passionate people, and the final frontier – Patagonia.

Argentina is an immense country with very distinct regions. Eat to your heart’s content, party harder than you ever have before, and fall deeply in love.

You’ll probably land in Buenos Aires , arguably the cultural capital of all of South America.

Unquestionably, you’re going to find incredible hostels in Buenos Aires and reasons to stay. But don’t stay too long!

Plaza de Mayo in Buenos Aires is the place where people protest in front of the government house.

Rosario and Cordoba are cities like Buenos Aires but, in my opinion, better. They’re a perfect place to head to if you want to steer clear of the heavily populated capital.  Mendoza is the wine region home to the “ best wine in the world ” (according to Argentinos).

Further south lies Patagonia : one of my favourite places on Earth, and home to many Argentinian National Parks . Patagonia is a truly expansive, desolate wilderness area where the weather is harsh and civilization is few and far between.

Trek mountains and glaciers, or sea kayak around them,. There, you could go days without seeing many (if any) backpackers! Now THAT’S the dream.

Staying at an Argentine mountain hut (refugio) is a wonderful experience not to be missed. Few who travel to Argentina manage to make it as far as  Tierra del Fuego (the Land of Fire). Visit one of the most dramatic places in Argentina with its long summer days and epic arctic landscapes.

Speaking of the arctic, you can arrange trips to Antarctica from Ushuaia ! This would be the adventure of a lifetime but it’s by no means cheap.

What to Know Before Visiting Argentina

tango dancers embracing argentina

  • Don’t miss out on… El Chaltén, which is the base for seeing some of the most dramatic peaks on Earth: Cerro Torre and Fitz Roy.
  • You know what’s overrated… La Boca in Buenos Aires. These much-hyped multi-coloured houses are pretty rundown and actually quite dangerous, I strongly suggest you avoid it. The whole area feels like a tourist trap. There are much better things to do in Buenos Aires .
  • The coolest hostel is… America del Sur Hostel (El Calafate). Cozy, super social, and with an insane view of the lake, the town, and beautiful sunsets. Great place to chill, and work (if you need to).
  • The best food is found in… your neighbour’s personal asado . Nothing beats grilling grade-A Argentinian beef with some locals.
  • The official exchange rate is NOT THE EXCHANGE RATE . Because of the fluctating exchange rate, many of the locals withdraw their cash by using what is referred to as a “blue dollar rate” from Western Union. This way gives you 50% more pesos than withdrawing pesos from an ATM or exchanging currency.

Backpacking Uruguay

Not many travellers end up backpacking in Uruguay. There are a few reasons why:

  • It’s small
  • It’s out of the way
  • There’s not a ton to do

All of the above are true to some extent: Uruguay is not overflowing with adventurous activities or jaw-dropping sights. But let me tell you, they have some of the best quality of living in South America.

One of the perks about Uruguay is you don’t HAVE to do anything here. People are friendly and, compared to some chaos you find in other areas of the continent, it’s pretty chill. The beautiful coast is the perfect place to get away from the usual backpacking South America route and to avoid traveller’s burnout .

two people stood on the sandy banks of a river

Outside of Montevideo , there are nice beach towns worth crashing at; Punta del Diablo is the quintessential lazy surfer town. Punta del Este is fun in the summer if you like partying. Colonia del Sacramento is an old colonial outpost and UNESCO heritage – although it is admittedly more of a day trip rather than a base.

Oh but here’s the kicker: weed is legalised. Yes, Uruguay is famous for allowing the smoking of the devil’s lettuce. And the quality of it is surprisingly good.

Lots of locals keep a weed garden on their balconies. Perhaps your hostel in Montevideo will have one?

Head to Uruguay if you want to chill out and do your own thing. It’s easy to travel to Brazil and Argentina from there too.

What to Know Before Visiting Uruguay

uruguay  Colonia del Sacramento

  • Don’t miss out on… Punta del Diablo. This is laid-back surfer town evades most backpackers. It is arguably one of the best beach towns in South America.
  • You know what’s overrated… Punta del Este. This place literally exists for the sake of Argentinians on holiday. In the off-season, it’s empty.
  • The coolest hostel is… La Brújula Hostel . It’s near the beach, eco-friendly, has a family vibe, and is great to meet new people. This is a gem next to the sea.
  • The best food is found in… Montevideo. Can’t beat a giant chivito after you’ve got the munchies!

Backpacking Venezuela

Venezuela is a truly incredible country. With towering mountains, steaming forests, endless beaches , and just enough danger to keep you on your toes, this country is every budding adventurer’s dream destination.

A Disclaimer on Visiting Venezuela

Unfortunately, due to the political situation in Venezuela , The Broke Backpacker absolutely  does not condone visiting the country right now . It is simply not safe and it would be irresponsible to even attempt to Venezuela at present.

Unless you somehow have absolutely  solid and trustworthy contacts on the ground , Venezuela is not the place to travel for the foreseeable future. We do not have any contacts to give out.

That being said, there are many team members at The Broke Backpacker that hold a special place for Venezuela in their hearts. For this reason, we are leaving this information available to you, our readers, as an homage to a country we love. We can’t wait for the day that it will be safe to visit again.

Backpacking Venezuela has a truly terrible reputation. Don’t get me wrong, travelling Venezuela has been dangerous in recent years: this is a country where you need to keep both eyes on your gear, watch who you’re with, and be on the lookout for iffy situations before they get the chance to rear their ugly head.

Backpacking in Venezuela is, in my opinion, one of the last great adventures out there. Plus it’s one of the cheapest countries in the world to backpack in.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Venezuela is a mysterious country. It attracts adventurers looking for a raw adventure.

It’s a country yet to be polluted by heavy tourism with incredible landscapes of mountains, forests, lakes, and caves. It is a kind of Shangri-La for adventurers and extreme sports lovers.

A South American backpacking trip to Venezuela is getting into the wild. To feel like the old explorers, Venezuela will not disappoint you. But backpacking Venezuela is not for the faint-hearted: this is a veteran explorer country.

What to Know Before Visiting Venezuela

Venezuelan flag painted on a wall and bars with FREE VENEZUELA written above

  • Don’t miss out on… Mt. Roraima – the highest tabletop mountain in the world; an incredible place to explore. Sometimes you feel like you’re walking on an island in the sky.
  • Keep an eye out for… the seasons when visiting Angel Falls. When it’s dry, the falls are actually quite weak (it’s more like a trickle).
  • The coolest hostel is… El Sofá Caracas . Safe, quiet, cozy place in the big city. You’ll feel at home instantly. And they have a unique boat pool to chill when it gets too hot.
  • The best food is found in… the buffet places where you pay by the weight of your plate. A little goes a long way here and you won’t be disappointed!

Getting Off the Beaten Path in South America

South America is totally full of wild places, tiny villages, far-flung settlements, lonesome valleys, sparsely inhabited jungle… Point being, there are plenty of great places to get off the beaten path . With a little motivation, you may well find yourself cutting your own path and writing your own backpacking destiny, one adventure at a time.

three people walking down towards the coast

Explore the national park systems of South America as much as you can. Investigate the little interesting-looking food stalls where all the locals are queuing up.

Don’t rely on a guidebook of popular places. In South America, those tiny towns in the middle of nowhere are where the real culture is, and the real adventures. All you need is a bus ticket…

Aether Backpack

We’ve tested countless backpacks over the years, but there’s one that has always been the best and remains the best buy for adventurers: the broke backpacker-approved Osprey Aether and Ariel series.

Want more deetz on why these packs are so  damn perfect? Then read our comprehensive review for the inside scoop!

You can make your South America backpacking route totally unique. No matter what things you get up to, they’re going to leave a big print on your heart. But here are some things I definitely recommend considering planning for your itinerary .

1. Explore Patagonia

Patagonia is still one of the last untouched wildernesses on the planet. Not everyone gets to experience this in their lifetime! In addition to the usual superlative locations, like Cerro Torre and Torres del Paine, there are heaps to discover off-trail.

laguna fitz roy patagonia argentina

2. Party hard at Carnival

It’s the biggest party on the planet! Grab yo’ body paint, yo’ finest feathers, whatever else you can get your hands on, and join the festivities!

You won’t ever forget the time you spent Carnival in South America. The carnivals in Bahia, Rio, and Barranquilla are particularly good.

3. Explore the Salts Flats of Uyuni

It’s one of the most unique places on the planet and a highlight of any South America backpacking trip. Get ready to be wowed by this alien landscape.

I know broke backpackers usually cringe hard at the idea of an organised tour (because I’m one of them) but the Salt Flats is one that’s really worth shelling out for.

Group of travelers in Uyuni flat salt tour on top of the truck.

4. Find your own secret beaches

It wouldn’t be a proper backpacking South America itinerary without some beach time! Every kind of beach imaginable is found on the continent.

From tropical slices in Brazil to surfer’s paradises in Ecuador to even fjords in Chile, you won’t be lacking in choices. There are plenty of them secret spots that make those magical days. Take a beer, bring your mates, get busy.

best 1 month backpacking trips

5. Check out Medellín

Medellín is one of the most popular cities to visit in South America right now. The choice between Medellín or Bogota has never been easier.

It’s fun, safe, comfortable, and (most impressively) completely different than it was before. Medellín has shed its violent past and is ready to host the next wave of backpackers.

best 1 month backpacking trips

6. Visit Machu Picchu

I mean, you’re reading a backpacking South America guide: I know you already know about this one. It is the place that attracts most people to visit South America… but I’d be lying if I said it wasn’t worth visiting.

You can hike the Inca Trail like everyone else. But if you want to visit Machu Picchu in an alternative way, try one of the other Inca trails like Salkantay Trek.

A group of backpackers walking the inca trail to Machu Picchu.

7. Hike in the Andes

The Andes are one of the greatest mountain chains in the world, known mostly for hosting the aforementioned Machu Picchu and the gargantuan Aconcagua. But there is more to these mountains than just these popular destinations: the highlands of Ecuador, Cordillera Huayhush in Peru, the Cordillera Real in Bolivia are all stunning. Even Colombia gets a slice of the pie at Cocuy National Park.

Person trekking to the top of the Andes.

8. A South American

Hey, most backpackers will vouch for love and sex on the road being something memorable to take part in…

They love, and they love passionately. And the sex… well, maybe you’ll find out.

9. Get “stuck” somewhere

South America is full of sticky places AKA places where you get stuck for months on end. Florianópolis, La Paz, Medellín, Mancora… All of these locations start off as a simple stop on your South America backpacking route but turn into temporary homes.

Don’t fight it! Find your sticky place and stay awhile.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Wanna know how to pack like a pro? Well for a start you need the right gear….

These are packing cubes for the globetrotters and compression sacks for the  real adventurers – these babies are a traveller’s best kept secret. They organise yo’ packing and minimise volume too so you can pack MORE.

Or, y’know… you can stick to just chucking it all in your backpack…

South America has a wide range of budget accommodation options for backpackers. Airbnbs are fantastic for private rooms if you’re travelling as a couple or as a group.

For solo travellers, when you are not passing the night from the comfort of your tent in the Andes or with a Couchsurfing host , you’ll likely be booking hostels.

Backpacker volunteer house in South America with natural roof

Whether you just need a place to lay your head or a spot to meet fellow backpackers like yourself, hostel life is clearly where it’s at… In fact, I love South American hostels, even travelling with my partner, you get perks in a hostel that you don’t get in a hotel or Airbnb.

I’ve had some of the best nights of my life in them and met some of the best people in my life. The South American countries are home to some of the best hostels in the world .

  • Best Hostels in Sao Paulo
  • Best Hostels in Cusco
  • Best Hostels in Cartagena
  • Best Hostels in Mendoza
  • Best Hostels in Lima
  • Best Hostels in Medellin
  • Best Hostels in Quito
  • Best Hostels in Salvador de Bahia
  • Best Hostels in Santiago
  • Best Hostels in Valparaiso

Insider tip: If you want to see all your hostel options to visitbackp South America, Booking.com is the perfect one-stop-shop to book hostels. You can even filter your personal travel needs to find the perfect place for you.

It is the common belief that backpacking in South America is dirt cheap. In some places this is true, but it doesn’t go for the entire continent.

But fear not! Travelling South America on a budget can definitely be done.

Due to the nature of Patagonia being one of the most remote areas on earth, expect higher travel costs than the rest of South America. Peru also takes some navigating in order to travel on a tight budget.

Brazil is one of the most expensive countries in South America. The cost of living in Brazil is higher and it is notorious for jacking up accommodation prices during the high season.

Rio de Janeiro view from top. Buildings and coastline beach near city.

With a few travel tips up your sleeve, you will save a ton of money and have the time of your life. Bring your  haggle game  whilst backpacking through Latin America to ensure you get the best possible price for things, including accommodation. South Americans love smooth talkers so keep it playful but don’t get too cheeky.

Taking long-distance buses, buying beer and drugs, paying entrance fees to national parks… these things add up fast. But sometimes you have to shell out the dough in order to do the things you want. Overnight buses are a good way to save some money.

Remember to always leave a little extra wiggle room in your budget so you can go scuba diving or go on a trek that you have been dreaming about!

Daily Budgets for South America

Here is a breakdown of what you can expect to pay on a daily basis on a backpacking South America trip…

Travel Tips for Broke Backpackers in South America

Hey, all those dollaridoodles add up to more fun times. So saving whatever you can on your journey means you can be on the journey… for longer. So here are a few budget travel tips for South America :

Camping tent set in Brazil in nature with trees around.

  • Camp : With plenty of untouched beaches, forests, stunning countryside, and far-flung jungle, South America is a great place to carry a good backpacking tent . Camping saves you money and can help you get off of the beaten path.
  • Cook your own food: Travel with a  portable backpacking stove  and cook your own food to save some serious cash whilst backpacking across South America. If you plan to do some overnight hiking trips or camping on the beach, having a backpacking stove will be a great asset.
  • Haggle:  Haggle as much as you can. You can always get a better price for things, especially while in local markets. Learning Spanish will go a long way!
  • Couchsurf:  South Americans are awesome. Get to know some! Check out Couchsurfing to make some real friendships and see the real continent. When using Couchsurfing, be sure to send personalized messages to your potential host. A generic copy-and-paste message is much more likely to get turned down. Make yourself stand out.
  • Hitchhike:  Although some countries are friendlier than others, hitchhiking across South America is common practice, so you won’t struggle too much to find a ride. Speaking at least a little Spanish will go a long way though. You want to explain exactly what you’re doing and where you want to go.

Why Should You Travel to South America with a Water Bottle?

Plastic washes up on even the most pristine places… So do your part and keep the Big Blue beautiful!

You aren’t going to save the world overnight, but together we CAN make a difference. I hope you become more inspired to continue being a responsible traveller .

Plus, now you won’t be buying overpriced bottles of water either! Travel with a filtered water bottle instead and never waste a cent nor a turtle’s life again.

backpacker drinking using grayl geopress filter bottle

Drink water from ANYWHERE. The Grayl Geopress is the worlds leading filtered water bottle protecting you from all manner of waterborne nasties.

Single-use plastic bottles are a MASSIVE threat to marine life. Be a part of the solution and travel with a filter water bottle. Save money and the environment!

We’ve tested the Geopress  rigorously  from the icy heights of Pakistan to the tropical jungles of Bali, and can confirm: it’s the best water bottle you’ll ever buy!

You know by now that we are talking about an enormous amount of land with regards to the South American continent. Countries in South America near the Equator do not experience distinct seasons. As you start to head south you will find the seasons to be the opposite of what they are in the Northern Hemisphere i.e. winter in June.

Patagonia experiences bitterly cold and windy winters. I do not advise travelling there during the winter unless you are a serious mountaineer and have all the right gear.

a man playing guitar by the pool at a hostel in buzios, brasil

Dry season depends on the country. Generally, the cooler months from June to September are the driest in the coastal areas. In the Amazon – given that it is the world’s biggest rainforest – is wet pretty much all year. The Andes are the driest from April – November.

High season for all countries is, without a doubt, from December – February. This is due to holidays occurring over that time and it is also the time when many gringos and locals alike take their holidays. Backpacking in the low or shoulder seasons will definitely make for a cheaper trip, especially with regards to accommodation.

Best Time to Visit – Country Breakdown

Here are the best times to visit South America broken down by country!

Best Months to Travel: September – April

What’s the climate in Brazil like? 

In the south, the hot, wet summer season runs from November – March. In the north, the rainy season is from April – August. In the Amazon, it rains pretty much all year.

If you want to visit during the festival season though, September-March is best.

Best Months to Travel: November – March

What’s the climate in Colombia like?

Generally speaking, travellers should visit Cartagena and the Caribbean coast between November and March when the weather is dry. The rest of the country is good year-round. Bogota, Cali, and Medellin are always pleasant weather-wise.

Best Months to Travel: March – May, September – November

What’s the climate in Ecuador and Peru like? 

Lots and lots of micro-climates in the Ecuador Peru region. But there are some general trends:

  • The highlands/Andes are dry from May – September. These are the best months for hiking and visiting Machu Picchu.
  • The coast is warm and dry from December – May. This is the best time for the Galápagos.
  • The Amazon is always wet and humid as shit.
  • The south of Peru is much drier than the north, and Ecuador for that matter.

You’ll need to plan your trip carefully around what you want to see and do.

Best Months to Travel: May – October

What’s the climate in Bolivia like?

The winter season (May – October) is also its dry season, and the best time to visit Bolivia. This means that nights can be very cold, especially when you’re at higher altitudes. Although Bolivia is generally drier than its neighbours, it stills gets dumped on in the wet, summer season.

Best Months to Travel: March – April, October – November

What’s the climate in Chile like? 

Summers in Chile are generally the high season. That being said, this may not be the best time to visit. Prices are at their highest, the Atacama Desert is a furnace, and the winds are VERY strong in Patagonia.

Like almost anywhere, the shoulder months (October – November & March – April) are better.

Best Months to Travel:  October – April.

What’s the climate in Argentina and Uruguay like?

Summer for most of the country is from December – February. In the north, the summers can see rain and temperatures that soar to almost unbearable. In the south and Patagonia, summers are dry(ish) and pleasant.

The winters, obviously, are extremely cold in the south. Whereas the north generally has pretty mild winters.

What to Pack for South America

Travelling through South America is a lot easier if you have the right gear. A thorough backpacking South America packing list goes a long way – literally.

On every adventure, there are 6 things I never go travelling without:

Earplugs

Snoring dorm-mates can ruin your nights rest and seriously damage the hostel experience. This is why I always travel with a pack of decent ear plugs.

nomatic_laundry_bag

Hanging Laundry Bag

Trust us, this is an absolute game changer. Super compact, a hanging mesh laundry bag stops your dirty clothes from stinking, you don’t know how much you need one of these… so just get it, thank us later.

sea to summit towel

Sea To Summit Micro Towel

Hostel towels are scummy and take forever to dry. Microfibre towels dry quickly, are compact, lightweight, and can be used as a blanket or yoga mat if need be.

Monopoly Card Game

Monopoly Deal

Forget about Poker! Monopoly Deal is the single best travel card game that we have ever played. Works with 2-5 players and guarantees happy days.

Grayl GeoPress Water Filter and Purifier Bottle

Grayl Geopress Water Bottle

Always travel with a water bottle! They save you money and reduce your plastic footprint on our planet. The Grayl Geopress acts as a purifier AND temperature regulator. Boom!

South America IS a safe place to go backpacking. Is backpacking in South America safe all the time? 

Hell no. But nowhere in the world is safe 100% of the time. Does that mean we let it stop us?

Hell no. 

In recent years, security in South America is increasing. Using the common sense safety rules of backpacking is usually enough here. 

The thing with South America is understanding your surroundings and self-awareness. Coordinating your safety in Rio de Janeiro is completely different than hiking the Inca Trail. 

Robberies are rare and could happen to anyone – in any country. Sometimes people in desperate circumstances are forced to do bad things. They see a foreigner and they see a chance to temporarily relieve the stress of their situation. 

Odds are, you should be just fine. If ever you run into a hold-up situation just give them what they want. 

Your iPhone and wallet aren’t worth dying over, ever! But it’s worth hiding your money well just in case .

Political wobbles are pretty common. Due to the political situation in Venezuela right now, this is probably the most dangerous country in Latin America. I hate to say it but the situation is what it is.

In general, being out late, drunk, and/or alone is a recipe for trouble. Always take a taxi home at night, even in a group.

Do know which neighbourhoods you should avoid too, especially in major cities – even during the daytime. Ask the locals which these are. There’s no real reason to head into these areas anyway, but it’s worth noting so you don’t stumble into the wrong places.

  • Is Peru Safe?
  • Is Argentina Safe?
  • Is Chile Safe?
  • Is Brazil Safe?

Sex, Drugs, and Rock n’ Roll in South America

South Americans love to party! They start the party late and they don’t stop until the sun is way up.

Of course, Brazil is very famous for Carnival AKA the biggest party on the planet . But it’s a big deal in most South American countries – so you’ll find great parties everywhere.

The backpacker circuit is notoriously rowdy. Traveller hubs like Cusco, Buenos Aires, Montañita, Mancora, La Paz, and Medellín are legendary for their nightlife.

It is very easy to meet people, stay up all night, and fall in love with a sexy South American. Much of the continent is LGBTQ+ traveller friendly too!

People drinking from a bottle at the club during a party night.

Alcohol is freely available, freely consumed, and good quality too. I’m telling you, I’ve had beer in South America which puts Germany to shame.

South America is stoner-friendly too! Weed is legal or decriminalized for recreational use in many places – some countries are more relaxed than others. It’s best to ask the locals how it’s currently being handled where you are.

Cocaine is just about everywhere; particularly in Colombia, Peru, and Bolivia. But be aware, this isn’t the stuff you find back home – it’s much purer. One line is enough to keep you up all night.

To find drugs on the road, just ask a local to help you. Don’t go out alone looking to score in strange places and don’t give cops a reason to shake you down.

Ayahuasca retreats are gaining popularity as well. But remember, it is a ceremonial spiritual medicine of indigenous people. If you do want to try it, make sure you’re doing it with a real shaman, for real reasons; it’s not like acid and not a drug just to get mindless with.

Staying Healthy in South America

Travellers should be properly vaccinated before backpacking in South America. Consult a medical professional before travelling about which shots you should get.

You should have all the usual travel vaccinations before heading out: hepatitis A & B, typhoid, tetanus, etc. Rabies is also recommended particularly if you’re going to the rural areas or parts of the jungle. You don’t want to mess around with that one because it can be really nasty.

Best way to avoid mosquitos anywhere. A mosquito net will help you sleep weel.

It is worth checking if you need the Yellow fever vaccine before entering some countries. In some places, it is only recommended.

It’s also worth noting that in most places in South America, the water isn’t fit for consumption. The best travel water bottles have a filter.

Getting Insured BEFORE Visiting South America

ALWAYS sort out your backpacker insurance before your trip. There’s plenty to choose from in that department, but a good place to start is Safety Wing . Travelling without insurance in South America is risky. I broke my back in Brazil and will be happy to tell you why GOOD travel insurance is so important.

They offer month-to-month payments, no lock-in contracts, and require absolutely no itineraries: that’s the exact kind of insurance long-term travellers and digital nomads need.

SafetyWing is cheap, easy, and admin-free: just sign up lickety-split so you can get back to it!

Click the button below to learn more about SafetyWing’s setup or read our insider review for the full tasty scoop.

Where you will start your trip will be determined by what backpacking route you have chosen. Obviously, if you plan to tackle a specific country, the capital city of that country is a popular starting point and – usually – the logical option.

Bolivia Hop bus

South America is not the cheapest country to fly to, but you can sometimes bag a cheap direct flight from another major airport. It’s pretty expensive to fly within it too. Unless you are coming by boat to Colombia via the San Blas Islands, you will certainly be arriving by plane.

São Paulo, Lima, Buenos Aires, Santiago, and Rio de Janeiro are all major hubs for South America. Compare the prices between these top destinations, and base your South America itinerary from there.

Entry Requirements for South America

Good news everyone! Most South American nations DO NOT require a visa to visit! This applies to those travelling from the USA, UK, EU, Australia, and most other Western nations.

This is a positive trend in the last few years. A few years ago, travellers sometimes had to apply for (expensive) visas to enter countries like Argentina and Brazil. Luckily, this is no longer the case .

Once you’ve entered the country, you can remain for a period of 90 days visa-free. Extensions are possible but these vary on a country-by-country basis. Most South American governments do not take kindly to people who overstay.

Of course, ALWAYS double-check visa policies before travelling .

City Bus. Local Bus. Long-distance bus. Overnight bus.

That’s right. Buses are the most economical way of getting around South America. Every major capital has buses going to the far reaches of the country.

Stairs into the jungle on the famous lost city trek in Colombia.

Local buses are typically super cheap. You can book online but the bus stations are organised really well too.

Taxis are an option within cities and sometimes Uber too, depending on the city. If you opt for a taxi ride, make sure they are legit, set the price beforehand, and haggle the shit out of the driver without being rude.

Flights between countries in South America can be expensive. Internal flights within the country aren’t the cheapest either, though they are cheaper if you buy them while you’re inside the country (you’ll save money on taxes).

As a general rule when backpacking, cheap travel is slow travel . Buses can be slow but as you will be taking many if you are backpacking South America long term, you want to go for the cheapest option.

If you want to go full Che Guevara style you can travel by motorbike pretty easily (and cheaply) in most places in South America. I recommend that you have some experience riding motorbikes before you even think about sauntering into a capital city or down a winding road in the Andes. If you do go the motorcycle route you can be sure that it will be the ride of your life.

Hitchhiking in South America

Travelling by hitchhiking is always an option. Your success will greatly depend on the area and the country; I wouldn’t recommend hitchhiking in a major city or at night.

Hitchhikers aren’t that common in countries like Colombia, mainly due to paranoia about the security situation in the country. Not everyone here is a drug lord that wants to kidnap you for ransom money. You can hitchhike throughout Colombia AND it’s such an awesome experience!

a girl hitchhiking in the back of a truck while traveling through costa rica

Rural areas of South America are especially impacted by high rates of poverty. Expecting free rides from folks with limited means isn’t morally fantastic. That said, even if you offer the driver a few bucks, it could very well end up being cheaper (and more rewarding) than taking the bus.

I would never assume that the ride is free initially. Always ask to avoid having an awkward scenario in which the driver who picked you up is demanding an unexpected fee. This is when learning Spanish comes in very handy.

Onwards Travel From South America

Your only options for leaving the continent are by boat or by plane. Most likely you will fly out of the country where you are finishing your trip if it makes sense and is the cheapest option. Try to book your flights in advance in order to find the best flight deals .

Two girls walking towards a plane at sunset in Mexico

It is technically possible to cross the Darien Gap to Panama overland. Rumour has it that you can hire a guide for quite a bit of money and cross the Darien on foot.

In the past, this was impossible though due to narco-terrorist/guerrilla activity. May the Gods of Backpacking be with you if you attempt the journey on your own without a guide.

South America is becoming a digital nomad hub. After the pandemic, the boom really: a generally low cost of living, relatively reliable internet, and tons of expat communities.

Medellín is the current front-runner. This city is growing at a RAPID pace and is becoming the apple in every backpacker’s eye.

Plus, Medellín is safer than ever. Lots of people want to stay here for an extended period of time, digital nomads included.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Close behind are larger South American cities like Buenos Aires, São Paulo, and Quito. Being big cities though, you’ll have to overcome higher prices and crime. Safety in Buenos Aires can be sketchy but so can every massive city, right?

Note that, at the moment, most South American countries do not offer a special digital nomad visa.

mockup of a person holding a smartphone in white background with Holafly logo

A new country, a new contract, a new piece of plastic – booooring. Instead, buy an eSIM!

An eSIM works just like an app: you buy it, you download it, and BOOM! You’re connected the minute you land. It’s that easy.

Is your phone eSIM ready? Read about how e-Sims work or click below to see one of the top eSIM providers on the market and  ditch the plastic .

Teaching English in South America

Most people who end up living or staying long-term in South America do one of two things: teach English or volunteer.

Teaching English in South America is very popular. Some people make a living out of just going from one city to the next city and hitting up all the English schools in between. Some are accredited though many find success using their own merits.

If you have a TEFL certificate it will be much easier to score teaching gigs in South America. I recommend getting yours with MyTEFL – Broke Backpacker readers get a 50% discount on TEFL courses when you enter the code PACK50  at the checkout.

Volunteering in South America

Volunteering abroad is a great way to experience a culture whilst doing some good. There are loads of volunteering gigs in South America ranging from protecting the Amazon to teaching in barrios of Buenos Aires.

Arguably, you may need a permit in order to volunteer. But in reality, the continent is pretty chill and this is unlikely to ever be enforced.

Group of people helping as Volunteer  in Ecuador

I spent a few weeks volunteering in the mountains in Northern Colombia and it was the best way to get to know the land, people, and lifestyle. Finding volunteering opportunities in South America is about learning, building community, and making an impact in a place you visit.

The best way to find volunteer jobs is word of a trustworthy mouth. But programs run through reputable work exchange programs like Worldpackers , Workaway , and WWOOF help you get your foot in the door of volunteer communities.

They’re a great opportunity for unique experiences and make amazing connections with people. But you do have to stay vigilant, especially when working with animals or children.

If you sign up for Worldpackers with a discount code, memberships are only $39 a year. For that price, it’s often worth giving it a try.

Summing up food in South America is like trying to explain what music is. It’s incredibly diverse and every country, every region, every household has a different definition.

First of all, meat is hard to avoid. They like it juicy, tender, slow-cooked, and accompanying pretty much everything. Especially in the southern part of the continent, Argentina, Uruguay, and South Brazil, the smell of cooking cow is heavy in the air.

The Argentinian way of grilling is Asado . And it’s not just a delicious barbecue – oh no – that’s just the centrepiece. The event is a huge part of the culture.

The vegetarian movement is gaining momentum, though it’s harder in some places than others. In more rural places, you may go hungry if you don’t want to eat meat now and again, but in general, it’s not impossible.

Man cooking food on the grill using his hands.

Andean countries like Peru and Bolivia have chronically underrated food scenes. In fact, Peruvian food is often regarded as some of the best in the world. You’ve never felt fresher than after chowing down that ceviche.

In the Amazon, they have a whole different gastronomic world; obviously, everything grows here. There are ingredients that come from the Amazon that just don’t exist anywhere else.

There are strange fruit and vegetables in abundance. Then, of course, the fresh fish comes leaping out of the river, almost directly to your plate. Catching your own fish is never a bad idea either.

The food in the north of South America, like Colombia and Venezuela, is the definition of comfort food. If you’re eating right, you’re going to be gaining a few kilos. Don’t pass on an opportunity to gorge yourself silly.

Street food usually involves lots of deep-fried goodness. But it’s the abuelas that make the best pastries, with oodles of love. And ooh, those arepas… they have a special place on my plate.

The Best Food in South America

Here are some of the best South American foods that you definitely shouldn’t miss out on.

  • Feijão (Brazil) – Beany stew for everyday eating.
  • Acai (Brazil) – Superfood berry.
  • Empanadas – Your trusty stuffed pastry friend.
  • Dulce de leche – Just try it… thank me later.
  • Asado (Argentina) – Grilled meat with a side of meat.
  • Antichucho (Bolivia) – Mmmm… cow’s heart.
  • Ceviche (Peru/Chile) – raw but not raw fish, in lemon juice.
  • Cuy (Peru) – A large cooked guinea pig.
  • Encebollado (Ecuador) – Ecuadorian Grandma’s comfort stew.
  • Arepas (Colombia) – Corn pockets to fill your hungry belly.

South America is a very complex continent. Colonization by Western Europeans technically makes it the youngest member of modern civilization. But saying this disregards all the history that came before the “ conquistadors” arrived.

South America has hosted many advanced civilizations like the Incan Empire, whose influence still lasts to this day. Though much of the native culture was lost with the mass killing by said conquistadors .

Long story short: South America is an enormously diverse region, maybe more so than anywhere else. Yes, European culture has largely shaped the entire continent. But indigenous and African cultures are just as important, if not more so.

Northern Brazil is very Afrocentric. This was the first charted part of the continent and ideal for rowing sugarcane. Consequently, it’s the place where all the slaves were brought.

Slavery is over. But it leaves behind a blend of African customs and cultures morphed into Latino culture.

Local family dressing traditional clothes from Peru in front of their house.

The south, which constitutes Argentina, Chile, and Southern Brazil, is much more European. Aside from the big players – the Spanish and Portuguese – Italians, Germans, and French all settled here following a huge era of migration.

In the Andean countries of Bolivia, Peru, and Ecuador you see a lot of indigenous cultures. Some people still live like their ancestors, living in the highlands and tending the land. Though Spanish is still the dominant language, several local languages, like Quecha and Aymara, are still commonly spoken.

Don’t make the mistake of thinking that all of South America is just an extension of Europe or North America. You’ll miss out on the beautiful subtleties of the region, which make backpacking in South America so wonderful.

A backpacking trip in South America is a unique experience in itself. And within that, there are instance amounts of opportunities to make your South America itinerary different to anyone else who’s travelled here before. Here are some of the best things to add to it:

packable travel medical kit

Things go wrong on the road ALL THE TIME. Be prepared for what life throws at you.

Buy an AMK Travel Medical Kit before you head out on your next adventure – don’t be daft!

Hiking in South America

South America has some of the best hikes in the world . Here are a few iconic options to get your bucket list started:

View of argentinian lakes in Patagonia.

  • Lost City Hike, Colombia : This hike through the Colombian jungle will certainly be a highlight of your South America travel.
  • Sierra Nevada de Cocuy, Colombia : Snow in Colombia? Here you can find peaks are as high as 5,330 meters above sea level. If you have your own gear and a good sleeping bag , you can probably do the hike without a guide.
  •  Iliniza-Norte, Ecuador . This is a fantastic 2-day trek that does not require any special gear or equipment. If you are planning to tackle Cotopaxi this is a great warm-up. A solid challenge for the dedicated hiker!
  • The Salkantay trek, Peru: Hike to Machu Picchu over 4 days and experience the true beauty of the Andes along the way. One of my favorite South American treks for sure.
  • The Cordillera Huayhuash, Peru : Truly one of the most stunning areas in Peru. For serious hikers, planning a trek like this is one for the books!
  • Hut-to-Hut in Bariloche, Argentina:  Spectacular hike for some of the best views of Nahuel Huapi National Park and its lakes. Tents are optional since you can stay exclusively in the refugios.
  • Villa O’Higgins to El Chaltén, Chile/Argentina : One of the greatest ways to experience Patagonia. Walk from Villa O’Higgins in Chile to El Chaltén in Argentina. You’ll see some superlative mountain, forest, and lake scenery along the way.
  • Torres Del Paine Circuit, Chile : The hike of all hikes in South America. This epic walk takes 9 – 11 days and passes through some of the most dramatic landscapes one can fathom. A must if you’ve got the time and hiking spirit!

Scuba Diving in South America

You have scuba diving options galore in South America! In general, scuba diving is pricier than it is in other parts of the world but that’s because it’s worth it. If it is something that you really want to do, I say go for it! 

Colombia is probably the cheapest and best place to dive AND get certified in South America. You have Providencia and Santa Catalina (a smaller island to the north) which is home to the third-largest coral reef barrier on Earth and includes over 40 dive sites.

Two people taking a selfie whilst scuba diving.

Malpelo is the harder-to-reach version: a jagged rock in the Colombian Pacific, it can only be reached by boat, and divers can only visit here as part of an organized trip. It’s worth the time and money for sure; Malpelo is one of the best places in the world to dive with sharks, including hammerheads, whale, and the rare sun ray shark.

People have reported schools of up to 500 sharks around Malpelo. That’s right. 500!

Peru and Ecuador both have some decent diving right off their coasts. The diving around the Galápagos Islands is world-class, but it will cost you a fortune go diving there.

If you truly want to have the scuba diving adventure of a lifetime, I highly recommend joining a Liveaboard trip.

  • Liveaboard the Galapagos
  • Liveaboard Colombia

Surfing in South America

Surfing is the number one sport on South America’s coast. From Peru to Brazil, backpackers and locals are coming together and shredding!

Peru is home to the longest left-breaking wave in the world . You can literally ride a wave for five minutes!

A person surfing

The Pacific Coast is dotted with funky surf towns, where the main activities revolve around the waves and the nightlife. There are a plethora of surf schools in every country. Often these surf schools offer Spanish classes as well if you are wanting to double down (which I highly suggest!).

It is easy to fall in love with the surfing lifestyle. But be careful, you might just fall in love with the whole scene. I wouldn’t blame you for a second.

best 1 month backpacking trips

Our GREATEST Travel Secrets…

Pop your email here & get the original Broke Backpacker Bible for FREE.

Here are the questions I get asked the most about how to backpack South America.

Is backpacking South America safe?

Yes. Backpacking South America is safe. Just bear in mind that crime rates are higher than in some other areas of the world. But by following standard safety procedures, there’s no reason why that crime should affect you. Be sensible, show people plenty of respect, and look after your friends.

How are the bus journeys in South America?

The long-distance buses are generally top quality and comfortable. Just be aware that distances on the map can be deceiving and journeys can be long so bring plenty of water, food, something to keep you warm in the baltic aircon, and probably some toilet paper too.

Is travelling South America as a woman possible?

Absolutely! Not only is it possible, it’s awesome. Do remember that, unfortunately, women do have to consider safety as a factor more so than men, especially after dark. But with that in mind, prepare for the adventure of a lifetime.

How are South Americans so damn sexy?

There are too many reasons. Just go and spark up conversation with them and find out for yourself. Beware though, you’re likely to fall completely, madly, deeply in love.

Backpacking South America can be one hell of a party at times. Take it from me, it can be easy to get carried away.

You can make a positive impact on people when we travel and South America is the perfect place to do that. Try to spend your money in places where the experience is mutually rewarding.

When buying a local craft, be fair to the person who spent countless hours crafting it. Pay people their worth and contribute to the local economies as much as possible.

If you visit small or indigenous communities, be respectful: they are normal folks just living their lives.  Backpacking South America – or any region for that matter – often illuminates some of the great socio-economic inequalities of the world. Never take it for granted that you are healthy and financially able to go travelling.

Show the world around you some gratitude and help to make a positive impact on it. Most of all have the time of your life and spread the love!

Well, amigos, the time has come for me to send you on your travellin’ way. Armed with your budget travel knowledge, on you go!

Your South America backpacking trip awaits. Have a few cold ones for me, yeah?

Will stood with four of the maestras in traditional Amazonian clothing

Buy Us a Coffee !

A couple of you lovely readers suggested we set up a tip jar for direct support as an alternative to booking through our links. So we created one!

You can now buy The Broke Backpacker a coffee . If you like and use our content to plan your trips, it’s a much appreciated way to show appreciation 🙂

the broke backpacker team at the water temple in bali

Share or save this post

photo of a person holding a smartphone with Holafly logo

30 Comments

Great post, loved the detail and enthusiasm you have for South America. I am saving up to travel from northern Colombia all the way down the west to Patagonia and then back up the other side (yes I am aware it will take the best part of a year). I wondered if you had any tips on the best time of year to start this adventure?

Plan your time with the weather and seasons in mind! Have a great time.

Is traveling to brazil unwise right now because of the covid situation? Has it become more unsafe because of the covid situation? It’s been really difficult to find solid information, and making a decision wether to visit or not has been quite difficult. Thanks for the otherwise wonderful post! Super informative.

informative post . best of luck

Hi Kami, glad you liked the article!

Very nice blog, congratulations I found a cheaper way to flight some routes inside Latin America If someone have plans, after this health crisis is gone, just ask me, I will be glad to help

Interesting. However as a Guyanese, that us from Guyana, South America I always find it odd that many persons leave out the English Dutch and French speaking countries of South America. We too have things to offer.

Hello Malkia, We totally agree with you! As soon as we manage to visit Guyana, we will update this guide! I look forward to exploring your country. Cheers

Hey there!! So I am planning a trip to south America this summer. I have a couples questions. I’m flying into Bogota, Colombia. I plan on spending 2-3 months in SA. I’d like to travel from Bogota to Machu Picchu, then to Buenos Aires, and depending on time Brazil. I am trying to figure out the cheapest way to travel from country to country. I don’t care about long bus rides or any of that. I just don’t know where to purchase the cheapest bus tickets. Please help!!!

Simply the cheapest tickets are usually at the bus station, or wherever locals buy their tickets. Look out for agencies and the like that might add a fee for booking the very same thing you could yourself.

I have a good tip to move around if you need to do it by plane, just let me know if you plan (after the whole problem is gone) to fly some stretches.

Hey man great blog, been reading so many of your posts recently, can you email me I wanna chat to someone who knows there stuff… I’m going to South America for about 6 to 8 months on a budget and need help planning a route… hopefully you see this and we can chat thank you

Hey Jamie, What is your question specifcally regarding your route? Cheers!

Thank you so much for sharing these information – they are so useful!

I am planning a trip of a lifetime to South America. To keep cost down, I am likely to stay in hostels for the first time. I like to understand how travellers wash their clothes in hostels. Are there usually any washer or dryer machines in hostels? Do we usually have to pay to use them? What is the price like?

Look forward to hearing from you.

Hi Tina, Some hostels offer laundry services. Other times you can get your laundry done at local lavanderias . Depending on the country, prices are usually pretty reasonable. They usually charge by the weight. Getting a massive load of clothes washed should not cost you more than $10 (sometimes way less) washed, dried, and folded. Cheers!

Thanks Chris for this wonderful article. Bolivia and Brazil is a magical place! Anyone who went there said it was absolutely amazing! That nature is just wonderful here. keep sharing your travel ides about more places of South America.

Cheers, Mate!

I started my South American journey two months ago and this has been a big help. There’s literally so many options once you get down here. Overwhelming in all of the best ways.

Much love from Peru.

Wow! That’s a marvelous article! Unfortunately, not so long ago, I was in South America, and I really had a lot of predicaments while traveling. If only I had read this article before the traveling, most likely, my trip would have been better!

Great content, congratulations.

Really great and in depth guide, thank you! Planning my first trip to South America and really like the look of your 3 month route across Peru, Ecuador and Columbia, was thinking of taking another couple of weeks on top to see Bolivia as well. What month would you advise starting this travel? (would really like to be home for Christmas)

The autumn months would be a lovely time to visit South America 🙂

Awesome content! I took so much advice and suggestions. I feel like I can plan whatever kind of trip ranging in length of time spent there plus budgeting. Thanks!

It’s great that you’re such a strong advocate of reusable water bottles and avoiding one-use bottles and generally I totally agree. However, I normally refill my water bottle from the tap, which obviously isn’t safe everywhere. Geneally can you drink tap water in South America? Or if not how do you safely refill without buying bottled water?

We’ve used lots of things over the years to harvest clean water from taps and streams. The GRAYL filter bottle is one of our favorites. South America is something of a mixed bag when it comes to drinking water. It ranges from safe to unsafe with every shade of chloriney in between.

I am starting my South America trip new month and I found this website extremely useful. One question though – I am worried about the requirement to show proof of onward travel. Any idea if Argentina, Chile, Bolivia, Peru, Ecuador, and Colombia require this?

Hi Neringa,

I never had to show proof of onward travel during my 6 months in South America. There was never a time when a customs officer/border police questioned me about my onward travel plans. You should be just fine 🙂

Thanks, Chris. You have been right! But I was requested to provide proof of onward travel by Avianca when flying for Cusco to Quito. Maybe because my passport expires soon. My friend, however, did not have one and was still allowed to board the plane 🙂 There was a group of Israeli guys who I think had to show this info, too.

Thanks a lot man, I’m planning a 3 month trip to Colombia, Peru and Brazil next year and this really helped me get my head around how to do it and the kind of money I’m gonna need to save! Cheers dude

Thanks, this really helped me a lot for planning my trip next year!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Notify me of followup comments via e-mail.

backpacking latin america

Central America Backpacking Route

' src=

Welcome to our Central America backpacking route!

Although the smallest region in the Western Hemisphere, Central America is a really fun area to explore. Not only is it full of Mayan ruins, towering volcanoes and beautiful beaches, it’s also relatively easy to travel through .

From southern Mexico down to Panama, you need much less time here compared with South America, which is ideal for first-timers or those with less time on their hands.

What's in this guide?

In this guide, we’ll explore our 1 month backpacking through Central America itinerary , as well as the highlights you’ll be visiting in each nation.

backpacking manuel antonio costa rica

As well as covering how to get around, we’ll also be answering your most crucial questions on how to manoeuvre this unique subregion in our FAQ section.

🏁 Here are the main stops on this Central America travel route:

  • Lake Atitlan
  • Ometepe Island
  • Puerto Viejo
  • Bocas del Toro
  • Panama City

Getting around Central America

Thankfully, the easiest ways into Central America are also the furthest extreme points north and south, which are ideal for this itinerary.

backpacking panama bus

These are the cities of Cancún and Panama City , which have well-connected international airports (that then connect well with other cities such as Guatemala City, San Salvador and San José).

The best way to get around Central America is by bus. Whilst you could fly, costs will rack up quickly and may mean you’ll need to cut your trip short. Buses are very cheap , and also don’t tend to take that long either (most are usually between 2-8 hours each leg).

There are some instances where you can consider a flight. These are if you’re heading to islands such as the Corn Islands or Bocas del Toro, or if in an urgent rush.

Of course if you have the extra cash and want to upgrade every now and then, then by all means go for it. You can even start your backpacking South America trip by crossing over from Panama (via San Blas to Capurganá) if you really want to push the boat out.

Things to know before traveling to Central America

Between the two of us, we’ve spent plenty of time in Central America on various trips. This means we’ve got insider experience and can give our best tips to help your trip go more smoothly. See our Central America packing list for the full list of things to carry.

Use Padlocks on Bags when Traveling

Unfortunately petty theft and pickpocketing are still rife in Central America, so you’ll want to plan in advance. We recommend keeping bags on you with a secure padlock when on buses, which will help to deter any potential issues.

best hostels central america

Pack a Range of a Clothes

Many travelers are surprised when they reach Central America. Whilst most areas are going to be warm climates, there’s also areas where you’ll be begging for warm layers (such as the Guatemalan highlands or when hiking in higher altitudes). This also means carrying a Poncho since there’s a good chance of rain!

Budget for $20-25 a Day

This is a great ballpark average to aim for, and you may find yourself spending even less in some areas. This budget assumes you’ll be sleeping in dorm rooms, using public buses, and also eating in local restaurants (or preparing your own food). See our Central America travel budget guide for more tips on how to save and spend money here.

Invest in High Quality Items

We’ll be the first to admit it – we love saving wherever possible when traveling. However the biggest mistake is bringing cheap equipment that breaks or wears out too quickly.

One of the biggest items we recommend travelers to invest in is a quality pair of hiking boots, especially given the amount of mountain and jungle hikes and experiences there are throughout Central America. We recommend these for the guys , and these for the ladies .

Got travel insurance for Central America?

world nomads insurance

1 Month Central America Backpacking Route

Now let’s dive into our 1 month backpacking Central America travel route. Here we’ll take a look at each country, the best things to do in each as well as our recommended accommodation options.

Guatemala (6 Days)

antigua guatemala

First we’ll kick off this itinerary by heading to Guatemala. To get here you can head overland through Mexico, or fly directly into Guatemala City airport.

From here we’ll take a bus straight to Panajachel, which is the gateway to the stunning Lake Atitlan . We recommend basing yourself in the town of San Juan de la Laguna (which is the main backpacker hub), and Don Pascual is our top stay here. This lakeside town also has many great nightlife options too.

Lake Atitlan is arguably the most scenic lake in Central America, and is surrounded by various prehistoric volcanoes . One of the best things to do here is to enjoy a boat ride around this majestic lake, where you’ll be able to visit many of the more authentic towns. such as San Marcos de la Laguna.

Next we’ll take the four hour bus south to Antigua . This historic city is laden with cobblestone streets and beautiful architecture, such as the Arco de Santa Catalina as well as the Convento Capuchinas. Antigua is also the perfect place to hike the nearby volcanoes, and we recommend this tour up Acatenango for some unreal early-morning views.

🏁 Route Stops:

Stop #1: Lake Atitlan Stop #2: Antigua

Key Guatemala Info:

  • 🌎 Currency: Quetzal
  • 🥘 Food: Pepián, Jocón
  • 🍹 Drink: Naranjada
  • 💵 Daily Budget: $15-20
  • 🔥 Special Mentions: Semuc Champey, Chichicastenango, Tikal Ruins.

El Salvador (3 Days)

el tunco el salvador

From Antigua we’ll now take a bus south of the border to the city of Santa Ana .

This city is actually George’s favourite in all of Central America, and for good reason too! The stunning Santa Ana Volcano is a must-see, and instead of those fiery red lava flows in Guatemala we’ll instead find a bright green crater at the top. We recommend heading on this day tour , where you’ll also get to visit Lake Coatepeque along the way.

Santa Ana’s centre is also really nice to walk around, and will feel much less touristy compared to Antigua. The Catedral de Nuestra Señora Santa Ana is by far one of the most impressive in this region (as well as other buildings around the Parque Libertad), and you’ll also want to visit the nearby Mayan Ruins of Tazumal . You can base yourself in the Hostal Brunette , which is just a couple of blocks from the main plaza.

Our next stop is to the capital of San Salvador, and whilst you could spend the night here, we’d actually recommend seeing it as a day trip from Santa Ana (given it’s just an hour away).

The Capilla del Rosario is the best highlights by far, with this unassuming-from-the-outside chapel featuring some breathtaking stained-glass windows that shine all kinds of colours. Other things to see here include the National Palace as well as the Monument to the Divine Savior of the World.

Stop #3: Santa Ana Stop #4: San Salvador (optional stay)

Key El Salvador Info:

  • 🌎 Currency: US Dollar, Bitcoin
  • 🥘 Food: Pupusa
  • 🍹 Drink: Atol de Marañon
  • 💵 Daily Budget: $20-25
  • 🔥 Special Mentions: El Tunco, Atiquizaya.

Honduras (5 Days)

rent a scooter honduras

From Santa Ana we’ll leave really early to catch the shuttle over to Copán . You can also do it independently on buses (like George did), however you’ll need to head back through Guatemala first, which will take around 7 hours in total.

Copán is a really charming mountainous town, which is best known for the Copán Ruins. Once an important Mayan city, it was home to over 20,000 people and also has many unique sculptures and pyramids.

copan ruins honduras

In town you’ll also want to visit the Macaw Mountain Bird Park, which is home to an array of tropical birds including Scarlet Macaws and Keel-billed Toucans. We staying at the Berakah B&B which is just off the main plaza.

A day (or two maximum) is enough here, where we’ll then make our way over to the Caribbean island of Utila . Another backpacking haven, here you can spend your days relaxing on white-sand beaches and drinking cocktails into the early morning hours.

Whilst we’ve allocated 3 days for your time here, beware since it tends to keep travelers here much longer than expected!

diving honduras

If you’re into diving (or ever wanted to learn), then this is the place to go for it. Utila is located along the Mesoamerican Reef, and has some of the best visibility conditions in Central America.

You can spot everything from Dolphins and Manta Rays to Sharks , and even Whale Sharks (from February to April). We highly recommend going with this diving tour , where you’ll explore the waters just off nearby Roatán.

Stop #5: Copán Stop #6: Utila

Key Honduras Info:

  • 🌎 Currency: Lempira
  • 🥘 Food: Baleada
  • 🍹 Drink: Horchata
  • 💵 Daily Budget: $15-25
  • 🔥 Special Mentions: La Ceiba, Tegucigalpa, Roatán.

Nicaragua (5 Days)

weather in nicaragua

From Utila we recommend flying to Tegucigalpa (from La Ceiba), and then taking the bus to León . This is because you’ll otherwise lose most of the day heading along the Honduran highway.

León is our first stop in Nicaragua, and has quickly become one of the most popular backpacking spots in Central America. Volcanoboarding is the must-do activity , and when here you‘ll want to stay at the legendary BigFoot Hostel who do the best tour up and down the Cerro Negro. Those who want everything organised in advance can instead join this half-day tour .

As well as seeing other colonial buildings such as the La Iglesia de la Recolección, we also recommend heading to the Museum of the Revolution to better understand Nicaragua’s turbulent history , and what makes the country unique to other Latin American nations.

We’ll then take a bus to Rivas, followed by a boat over to Ometepe Island . Situated in the middle of Lake Nicaragua, it’s a great place to get lost in nature with many jungled paths and volcanoes to explore such as Maderas as well as the natural swimming pool of La Ojo de Agua.

Stop #7: León Stop #8: Ometepe Island

Key Nicaragua Info:

  • 🌎 Currency: Córdoba
  • 🥘 Food: Nacatamal
  • 🍹 Drink: Macuá
  • 🔥 Special Mentions: Granada, Corn Islands, San Juan del Sur.

Costa Rica (7 Days)

surfing costa rica

Now we enter perhaps the most exciting country on our itinerary, and the one you’ve been waiting for! We’ll be taking the bus from Nicaragua into the town of Monteverde .

Known for its vibrant rainforest that has some of the highest endemic levels on earth, this is the place to come to spot wildlife. This night tour is the very best, where a wildlife expert will show you rare snakes, sloths, tarantulas and even ocelots if you’re lucky. In rarer cases you may even see a Jaguar . A couple of days here is enough, and those who love adrenaline will want to head on the various zip-lines and rides at Skyadventures.

From here we’ll then spend a couple of days in the capital of San José , which is often skipped (although it’s not the most striking capital there’s definitely worthy things to see and do). These include heading to the Gold and Jade Museums, as well as the National Museum of Costa Rica. In San José we recommend staying at the Costa Rica Backpackers Hostel .

Last but not least we’ll continue south to the chilled-out coastal town of Puerto Viejo . A classic backpacker town, this is definitely the place for hitting the beaches and putting your feet up. You can also rent a bike and explore the winding roads just outside of town, where you’ll find many deserted beaches and raw wildlife doing its thing.

If you still want to see more animals then consider this day trip to the Cahuita National Park , where you can see monkeys and raccoons as well as tropical underwater species.

Stop #9: Monteverde Stop #10: San José Stop #11: Puerto Viejo

Key Costa Rica Info:

  • 🌎 Currency: Colón
  • 🥘 Food: Gallo Pinto
  • 🍹 Drink: Guaro, Agua de Sapo
  • 💵 Daily Budget: $25-35
  • 🔥 Special Mentions: La Fortuna, Punta Uva, Santa Teresa.

Panama (5 Days)

backpacking panama flag

Finally on our Central America itinerary we’ll be hitting Panama, which is the most southern nation in this region. We’ll take the bus and boat from Puerto Viejo to Bocas del Toro .

This stunning archipelago is a real highlight when in Panama, and is known for its variety of beautiful beaches. Wizard and Bluff beaches are the most scenic, whilst Playa de las Estrellas is great for seeing many starfish chilling along the coast (just remember not to touch them). It’s also a great place to head on this full-day speedboat tour , where you’ll get to explore the more wild areas of this otherwise popular backpacking hotspot.

From Bocas del Toro we’ll now take a short flight over to Panama City , given the bus will be too long for our given itinerary. Here we recommend allocating 3 days for the capital, as there’s a lot to see. You’ll want to stay at the Magnolia Inn in Casco Viejo, which is the nicest neighbourhood of the city.

panama canal

Close-by you can visit many important sites such as the Metropolitan Cathedral Basilica of Santa Maria, the Calzada de Amador as well as the infamous Panama Canal .

We also recommend spending an overnight stay on the San Blas Islands , which are one of the best highlights of a trip to Central America. Here you can get to know the local Kuna Yala tribe , as well as visit islands like Perro Chico and Soledad Miria.

Stop #12: Bocas del Toro Stop #13: Panama City

Key Panama Info:

  • 🌎 Currency: Balboa, US Dollar
  • 🥘 Food: Sancocho de Gallina
  • 🍹 Drink: Seco Herrerano
  • 💵 Daily Budget: $25-30
  • 🔥 Special Mentions: Valle de Antón, Santa Catalina, The Darien Gap.

Central America Travel Route FAQs

How much money do you need for backpacking in central america.

As we’ve already explored in the itinerary above, different countries will require different daily budgets. A solid budget to plan for is $25 a day, which will be plenty for staying at a nice Central American hostel and eating a few hearty meals a day. You’ll also need to factor in money for extras depending on what you want to do, such as volcano hikes or learning to dive.

Is Costa Rica cheaper than Panama?

In our experience, we’ve found Costa Rica to be cheaper than Panama. Whilst both are amongst the most expensive in Central America, Panama is easier to find cheaper foods and accommodation. Tours in Costa Rica can also be really expensive too given how touristy it is nowadays.

What are the cheapest countries in Central America?

Guatemala is by far the cheapest you can visit, where you could spend as little as $15-20 a day! This makes it a great option for budget travelers, who will want to spend more time here. Others that are on the cheaper side of things include Honduras and Nicaragua.

Which Central American country is the safest?

That’s all for our 1 month in Central America backpacking route.

This diverse region is full of thrills and culture, and even those on a shorter time-frame will be able to enjoy their time in Central America.

From lounging on picturesque Caribbean beaches to hiking fiery volcanoes , you’ll for sure be coming back for seconds soon!

Be sure to revisit this guide before, during and after your travels to Central America as a nice refresher. Also, see our backpacking Central America travel guide for more pro tips.

👉🏽 P.S. If you’ve found this guide helpful, buy us a coffee here to say thanks! Or, support us by downloading our South America Travel Bible to get our best content.

“ Dear traveler! Some links in this post contain affiliate links. Meaning, if you click through and make a purchase, book a hostel or sign up for a tour, we may earn a small commission at no additional cost to you . Your support means a lot and helps us to carry on traveling and maintaining the quality of this site for you.”

Similar Posts

best time to visit costa rica

Best time to visit Costa Rica

In this guide, we will explore the best time to visit Costa Rica. Costa Rica is the most popular country in Central America, which makes sense given the abundance of nature, beautiful scenery and warm climate here. It’s also one of our top choices for first-timers too as it’s very safe. In this guide, we’ll…

backpacking copan honduras

Things to do Copán, Honduras

Nestled within the cooler mountains of Western Honduras, Copán is a major stop for any backpacker heading through Central America. Here we can enjoy the charming life and vibes of a more relaxed Honduran town, see tropical exotic birds in Macaw Mountain as well as take some beautiful photos in the Paseo de los Girasoles….

one week in guatemala itinerary

1 week in Guatemala itinerary

Welcome to our 1 week in Guatemala itinerary. This country is a staple among any backpacking route through Central America, which is full of picturesque destinations. From sprawling Mayan temples and beautiful colonial towns to one of the most stunning lakes found in the Western Hemisphere, Guatemala is one of those countries that we simply…

antigua guatemala

Living with a Spanish host family in Guatemala

Have you ever thought about living with a Spanish host family in Guatemala? I’d be lying if I said I didn’t plan it, but when I arrived in Guatemala for the first time with my overweight backpack from Mexico City, I wasn’t even 50% sure of what to expect. All I knew was that somebody…

backpacking santa ana el salvador

5 Reasons to Visit Santa Ana, El Salvador in 2024

Throughout Central America we can find many beautiful colonial cities and towns, however El Salvador’s Santa Ana may just be that diamond in the rough that you were looking for. Known for its jaw-dropping cathedral, friendly locals and abundance of awesome day trips into the surrounding regions, we feel it’s worth heading here when traveling…

central america budget travel

How to plan a trip to Central America on a budget

In this guide, we want to talk about visiting Central America on a budget. We’ll cover important things to know about traveling Central America, including the different currencies used, languages spoken, some safety tips as well best practices for getting in and around the region. How to plan a trip to Central America on a…

Backpacking Mexico – 4 Week Mexico Itinerary (2024)

Planning a backpacking Mexico itinerary?!

Putting together your Mexico itinerary 1 month can be very overwhelming, and believe me, I’ve been there… but fear not, because in this post I’ve got you covered with everything you need to know about backpacking in Mexico!

Mexico is a much larger country than you think and I recommend spending at least 1-month to experience some of the top places to see in Mexico.

Backpacking Mexico for one month is a decent amount of time to discover the country’s most beautiful beaches, raging waterfalls, ancient Mayan ruins, delicious cuisine, rich culture, and many more fantastic things that Mexico has to offer.

In this guide, you will find my recommended 1-month backpacking route beginning in Mexico City and ending in Cancun, plus all of the best things to do in each location.

things to do in san cristobal de las casas, san cristobal de las casas things to do, san cristobal de las casas, what to do in san cristobal de las casas, tours san cristobal de las casas, san cristobal de las casas chiapas, casas san cristobal, san cristobal what to do, san cristobal chiapas, things to do in san cristobal, what to do in san cristobal, iglesia san cristobal de las casas, iglesias de san cristobal de las casas, chiapas san cristobal de las casas, mercado san cristobal de las casas, san cristobal de las casas

Table of Contents

BACKPACKING MEXICO – OVERVIEW

There is no wrong or right way to go backpacking in Mexico as people have different tastes and different interests.

This 4 week Mexico itinerary is based on my own experience with a mixture of cities, beaches, waterfalls, cenotes, and islands that I visited and that I’m sure you will enjoy too!

Here is a quick overview of how to spend 4 Weeks In Mexico:

  • Mexico City – 3 days
  • Oaxaca – 2 days
  • Puerto Escondido – 3 days
  • Tuxtla Gutiérrez – 2 days
  • San Cristobal De Las Casas – 3 days
  • Comitan – 2 days
  • Bacalar – 3 days
  • Tulum – 4 days
  • Valladolid – 2 days
  • Cozumel Island – 2 days
  • Cancun – 2 days

playa bacocho, bacocho, bacocho puerto escondido, playa bacocho puerto escondido, playa bacocho oaxaca, bacocho beach puerto escondido

Some other places to visit in Mexico that I haven’t listed on this one month Mexico itinerary are Puebla, Palenque, Campeche, Merida, Holbox , Playa del Carmen, and Baja .

Feel free to chop and change things around on my suggested itinerary with some of the locations I have listed above.

If I had more time, I would’ve loved to have checked out more of these top places to see in Mexico. Unfortunately, I didn’t, but now I have a good enough reason to go back!

MEXICO BACKPACKING ROUTE

See below for an overview of our backpacking route Mexico.

backpacking mexico

HOW TO GET AROUND MEXICO?

The two best ways of getting around Mexico are by bus or renting a car.

The most common means of transport for the majority of people backpacking Mexico is by bus.

The major roads between each location are generally well maintained, although, they can be windy in some mountainous areas, which might make your gut churn.

Make sure to get motion sickness tablets before setting off, and you’ll be just fine!

The average bus journey will cost around 300 – 400 Pesos for a 10 – 12 hour journey. There are many overnight buses available which are common among backpackers to save money on 1-night accommodation.

Some of the major long-distance Mexican bus companies are ADO, ETN, OCC, and Primera Plus.

Click here to check all routes, timetables, and ticket prices online, and book ahead of time to secure your seat.

If for some reason you can’t book the bus online, you’ll have to head to the main bus station in whichever town you’re in and purchase a ticket.

It’s best to go to the bus terminal the day before you intend to travel to secure a seat on the bus. 

cancun to tulum

RENT A CAR:

Renting a car is another option, although it will cost you a lot more as opposed to taking the bus.

I don’t recommend this option as the distances between the locations are very long.

The upside to renting a car in Mexico is having the freedom to explore off-the-beaten-path locations that aren’t on the typical tourist trail.

Car Rental – Search, Compare & Save!

discover cars

Discover Cars are one of the world’s largest online car rental platforms with vehicles in 10,000+ locations.

Find the right car, in the right place, for the best price guaranteed!

WHAT IS THE BEST TIME TO VISIT MEXICO?

The best time to go backpacking in Mexico is in the dry season which is between the months of December – May when temperatures are moderate and there is minimal rainfall.

The wet season in Mexico is from June to November and it can get quite chilly during these months.

The upside to backpacking in Mexico in the wet season is that things are generally quite cheaper as it’s the low season with fewer tourists.

VISA FOR MEXICO

Mexico is visa-free for travelers from over 65 countries and you can stay in Mexico for up to 180 days.

I recommend checking the full list of nationalities that are eligible for the free tourist visa before coming.

puerto escondido 17

4 WEEK MEXICO ITINERARY

Now that you’ve got a bit of an overview of which Mexico route to take, how to get around, and the best time to visit, let’s get to the fun stuff!

So, without further ado, here is a complete 4 weeks in Mexico backpacking itinerary!

DAY 1, 2 & 3: MEXICO CITY

Let’s start this Mexico 4 week itinerary with Mexico City, also known as CDMX.

Mexico City is most famous for being one of the oldest and largest cosmopolitan cities in the world and what better place to begin your Mexico itinerary than right here in the country’s capital?!

There is no shortage of things to do here, and this is only one of the reasons to visit Mexico City!

For instance, experience the rich cultural heritage, marvel at the colonial architecture, discover unique street art, check out the Teotihuacan Pyramids (UNESCO World Heritage site), and much much more!

TOP THINGS TO DO IN MEXICO CITY

Here is a list of top places to see and fun things to do in Mexico City which will be sure to keep you busy for 3 days:

  • Metropolitan Cathedral in Constitution Square
  • Palacio de Bellas Artes
  • Frida Kahlo Museum (La Casa Azul)
  • Arena Mexico (Lucha libre wrestling)
  • Teotihuacan Pyramids

backpacking mexico, mexico backpacking route, backpacking through mexico, mexico highlights, mexico backpackers, mexico backpacking, one month in mexico, travel mexico blog, mexico itinerary, mexico itinerary 3 weeks, mexico city, things to do in mexico city

BEST TOUR IN MEXICO CITY

Teotihuacan Guadalupe Shrine Tlatelolco Tequila Tasting Tour

The best trip you can join is the Teotihuacan, Guadalupe Shrine, and Tlatelolco Tour !

It includes transportation, Tequila tasting, the entrance fees, and a fun guide to spend the day with!

MY EXPERIENCE IN MEXICO CITY

I happened to be in Mexico during the time of Dia de Los Muertos (the Day of the Dead festival) and I spent my 3 days in Mexico City enjoying all of the festivities around this!

Click here to see the full blog post of my experience at the Day of the Dead festival in Mexico City!

Needless to say, if you plan your Mexico one month itinerary around this period, I highly recommend you stop and enjoy the festival.

Day of the Dead Parade IMG 7165

WHERE TO STAY IN MEXICO CITY

There are thousands of accommodations in Mexico City , so I have narrowed it down to a few of the best places to stay to suit the needs of luxury travelers, budget backpackers, and everyone in between.

See the list of accommodations in CDMX that I personally recommend to start your Mexico travel itinerary 1 month.

LUXURY: Viadora Apartments

184236550

MID RANGE: Ibis Styles Zona Rosa

223252971

BUDGET: Mexico City Hostel

31128183

For More Options In Mexico City, Search On Booking.com

Day 4 & 5: oaxaca.

Oaxaca, pronounced wah-hah-kah , is one of the best cities to visit when backpacking Mexico!

Located in the Central Valley Region of the state, this incredible city within Mexico is full of hidden gems, amazing architecture, and beautiful cobbled streets.

Oaxaca is most popular for its vibrant street scene, tequila and mezcal distilleries, the ancient Monte Alban and Mitla ruins, Hierve El Agua petrified waterfalls, and much more!

BEST THINGS TO DO IN OAXACA

There are a number of epic things to do in Oaxaca so I recommend booking a tour to make the most out of your time during your visit and ensure you get to see and experience as much as possible. 

I’ve written a separate blog post of awesome tours in Oaxaca that you can check out and see which tour best suits you, otherwise, scroll down to see my top recommended tour of Oaxaca. 

I’ve also written two more detailed guides of Hierve El Agua and Mitla Ruins , both of which are located in Oaxaca. 

oaxaca tours

FULL-DAY TOUR OF OAXACA

Embark on a day of adventure around the city of Oaxaca.

This tour in Oaxaca is perfect for you to experience basically everything Oaxaca has to offer, in just one day.

A few of the highlights en route include Hierve el Agua’s petrified waterfalls, Mezcal factory, El Tule Tree, and the archeological zone of Mitla.

Air-conditioned transportation is included as well as a bilingual tour guide, entrance fees, and Mezcal tasting.

oaxaca tours

BEST TOUR IN OAXACA

Hierve el Agua Tule Tree Mitla and Mezcal Distillery Tour

The best tour you can join in Oaxaca is the Hierve el Agua, Tule Tree, Mitla and Mezcal Distillery Tour !

It includes transportation, a fun guide, and they have hundreds of positive reviews!

WHERE TO STAY IN OAXACA

Oaxaca City has hundreds of accommodations to choose from so I have narrowed it down to a few of the best places to stay to suit the needs of luxury travelers and budget backpackers.

See the list of accommodations below that I personally recommend for a rest on your backpacking Mexico route:

Luxury: Quinta Real Oaxaca

77243 0912230238002077678

Mid Range: Hotel Casa De La Tia Tere

318419274

Budget: Selina Hostel

185855048

For More Options In Oaxaca, Search On Booking.com

Day 6, 7 & 8: puerto escondido.

When you backpack Mexico, Puerto Escondido is one of the most popular destinations to see on the southwest coast of Oaxaca state.

There are many awesome things to do in Puerto Escondido and I guarantee that once you arrive, you won’t want to leave!

Puerto Escondido has made its mark on the map for its world-renowned surf beaches, but there are plenty of other great things to do other than surfing.

From secluded beaches to raging waterfalls and everything in between, Puerto Escondido is definitely not to be missed!

FULL BLOG POST → THINGS TO DO IN PUERTO ESCONDIDO

cascada la reforma, cascada de la reforma, cascada la reforma oaxaca, cascada la reforma puerto escondido

BEST TOUR IN PUERTO ESCONDIDO

BIOLUMINESCENT LAGOON RIDE PUERTO ESCONDIDO

The best tour in Puerto Escondido is the Bioluminescent Lagoon Boat Ride !

It includes transportation, the boat ride, and endless memories to make in the lagoon!

WHERE TO STAY IN PUERTO ESCONDIDO

Puerto Escondido has hundreds of accommodations to choose from so I have narrowed it down to a few of the best places to stay to suit the needs of luxury travelers and budget backpackers.

See the list of accommodations below that I personally recommend.

Luxury: Posada Real Puerto Escondido

190675 1212061151009058043

Mid Range: Casa Losodeli

casa losodeli 2 e1590540526903

Budget: Casa Daikiri

casa 1 e1575210172338

For More Options In Puerto Escondido, Search On Booking.com

Day 9 & 10: tuxtla gutiérrez.

Tuxtla Gutiérrez often gets overlooked by most travelers on their Mexico travel route but it’s not to be missed, in my opinion. 

Home to the incredible Sumidero Canyon and Cascada El Aguacero , an overnight stay in Tuxtla to visit these two epic locations is 100% worth adding to your Mexico itinerary. 

CASCADA EL AGUACERO

Cascada El Aguacero is one of the most impressive waterfalls I have ever seen!

Located just 1-hour drive from Tuxtla City, El Aguacero Waterfall features a downpour of silvery curtain-like falls with multiple tiers that flows seamlessly into Cañon Río La Venta.

I guarantee you will be in complete awe once you take your first steps upstream and see the towering canyon walls that envelop the river.

Cascada El Aguacero will soon present itself as you come around the bend, so be prepared for that also!

El Aguacero is broken up into different streams that flow down the cliff face in a curtain-like way and a number of freshwater rock pools have been formed because of this. 

My friends and I climbed up to explore the multiple cascades beneath the main falls. We also found some epic caves and tunnel shoots behind the curtain of falls and enjoyed a natural shower while we were at it.

I have put together a separate blog post on El Aguacero Waterfall which includes a detailed guide on how to get there, how much it costs, and what to expect.

FULL BLOG POST → CASCADA EL AGUACERO

cascada el aguacero, el aguacero, el aguacero chiapas, cascada el aguacero chiapas, cascadas el aguacero chiapas

BEST TOUR IN TUXTLA GUTIÉRREZ

Sumidero Canyon Chiapa de Corzo from Tuxtla Tuxtla airport

The best day trip in Tuxtla Gutierrez is the Sumidero Canyon & Chiapa de Corzo Tour !

It includes hotel transfers, the river cruise, a fun local guide, and you’ll see countless stunning spots!

SUMIDERO CANYON

Sumidero Canyon (Cañon Del Sumidero) is one of the best day trips to be had from Tuxtla!

Cruise along the river in a boat between the towering Sumidero Canyon walls and drive the road at the top of the canyon to 5 different panoramic viewpoints.

Canñon Del Sumidero is widely known for its abundance of wildlife, including monkeys, birds, and even crocodiles that reside in and around the canyon, and for its grandeur size which is something you have to see with your own eyes!

The Sumidero Canyon Tour is a full-day activity that begins at 9:30 am with a hotel pick-up, a short 45-minute drive west to Cañon de Sumidero, a visit to the 5 panoramic viewpoints, a boat trip along the river ‘Rio Grijalva’ down inside the canyon and a stop into the magical town of Chiapa de Corzo before returning to Tuxtla in the afternoon.

You can book the Sumidero Canyon Tour online in advance with Viator , which has great reviews and dozens of bookings.

This will save you from having to haggle for a good price with the local tour companies in the city.

things to do in san cristobal de las casas, san cristobal de las casas things to do, san cristobal de las casas, what to do in san cristobal de las casas, tours san cristobal de las casas, san cristobal de las casas chiapas, casas san cristobal, san cristobal what to do, san cristobal chiapas, things to do in san cristobal, what to do in san cristobal, iglesia san cristobal de las casas, iglesias de san cristobal de las casas, chiapas san cristobal de las casas, mercado san cristobal de las casas, san cristobal de las casas

WHERE TO STAY IN TUXTLA

Tuxtla City has dozens of accommodations to choose from so I have narrowed it down to a few of the best places to stay to suit the needs of luxury travelers and budget backpackers.

LUXURY: Marriott Tuxtla Hotel

22679a511527458aac6a186f239afb39

MID RANGE: Holiday Inn Tuxtla

102135 13082117460014482117

BUDGET: Hostal Tres Central

539924 13111508090017512454

For More Options In Tuxtla, Search On Booking.com

Day 11, 12 & 13: san cristobal de las casas.

San Cristobal de las Casas is definitely not to be missed on your Mexico itinerary!

Boasting European architecture, vibrant street art, artisan markets, buzzing nightlife, nature parks, cultural experiences, and much more!

THINGS TO DO IN SAN CRISTOBAL DE LAS CASAS

Here is a list of the top things to do in San Cristobal that will keep you entertained for a few days:

  • Climb the stairs to Guadalupe Church
  • Try the wine and tapas at La Viña de Bacco
  • Buy souvenirs at the Artisan Market
  • Wander through the Municipal Market
  • See the natural archway at Arcotete Park
  • Day trip to Cascada El Chiflon
  • Visit the Casa Na Bolom Museum
  • Chocolate tasting at the Kakaw Museum
  • Get lost in the streets of San Cristobal
  • Cañon Del Sumidero Tour
  • Have lunch at Casa De Familia
  • Check out the De Dulces Artisan Market
  • Discover the many churches in San Cristobal

FULL BLOG POST → THINGS TO DO IN SAN CRISTOBAL

arcotete, arcotete parque ecoturistico, arcotete san cristobal, arcotete san cristobal de las casas, arcotete chiapas, arcotete san cristobal chiapas, el arcotete chiapas, parque arcotete

BEST TOUR IN SAN CRISTOBAL DE LAS CASAS

Tour cascadas de Agua Azul Cascada Misol Ha y Zona Arqueologica de Palenque

The best tour you can take in San Cristobal is a Tour of Agua Azul, Misol-Ha Falls and Palenque Mayan Ruins !

It includes hotel transfers, breakfast, all entrance fees, travel insurance, and a fun guide to share the day with!

WHERE TO STAY IN SAN CRISTOBAL

San Cristobal de las Casas has hundreds of accommodations to choose from so I have narrowed it down to a few of the best places to stay to suit the needs of luxury travelers and budget backpackers.

LUXURY: Hotel Bo

367213 121114143619451

MID RANGE: Hotel Casa De Familia

casa familia e1590540896133

BUDGET: Puerta Vieja Hostel

Puerta Vieja Hostel

For More Options In San Cristobal, Search On Booking.com

Day 14 & 15: comitan.

Comitan is the fourth largest city in Chiapas state, but it’s not the city that you come here for, it’s the nearby lagoons, waterfalls, and ancient ruins that make this place a worthy addition to your itinerary of Mexico!

2 days in Comitan is a decent amount of time to get a taste of this beautiful region when backpacking in Mexico.

THINGS TO DO IN COMITAN

The 3 main tourist spots to check out in Comitan are:

  • Cascadas El Chiflon
  • Lagunas de Montebello
  • Archaeological Zone Chinkultic

I personally only visited one of these locations, Cascadas El Chiflon , which is easily one of the  most incredible waterfalls I have ever seen! 

Boasting not just one but five EPIC waterfalls and turquoise-colored cascades flowing down a lush green valley which can all be explored via an easy walking trail.

Full Blog Post → Cascadas El Chiflon

cascada el chiflon, cascadas el chiflon , cascadas del chiflon, cascadas de chiflon, cascada el chiflon chiapas, chiapas cascadas el chiflon, cascadas el chiflon chiapas, cascadas del chiflon chiapas, el chiflon, el chiflon chiapas

BEST TOUR TO CASCADAS EL CHIFLON

El Chiflon Waterfalls and Montebello Lakes Day Trip from Tuxtla Gutierrez

The best way to discover the waterfalls is to join a Tour To Cascadas El Chiflon & Montebello Lakes !

It includes hotel transfers, national park fees, a stop at Cascadas El Chiflon, and a fun guide!

WHERE TO STAY IN COMITAN

Comitan has dozens of accommodations to choose from so I have narrowed it down to a few of the best places to stay to suit the needs of luxury travelers and budget backpackers.

LUXURY: City Express by Marriott

City Express by Marriott Comitan

MID RANGE: Hotel La Finca

210859338

BUDGET: Hotel Clasico Colonial

Hotel Clasico Colonial

For More Options In Comitan, Search On Booking.com

Day 16, 17 & 18: bacalar.

Bacalar is home to the biggest and most beautiful lagoon in all of Mexico!

Bacalar Lagoon is commonly referred to as Laguna de Siete Colores (lagoon of 7 colors), boasting 7 different shades of blue and it’s truly one of the country’s best-kept secrets.

Bacalar is one of only a few Pueblos Magicos (Magical Towns) in the country, located less than one hour from the Belize border in Quintana Roo, Southeast Mexico.

THINGS TO DO IN BACALAR

There are plenty of things to do in Bacalar to keep you entertained for a few days!

See the list below of 9 Awesome Things To Do In Bacalar :

  • Sunrise kayaking on Bacalar Lagoon
  • Visit Fort San Felipe 
  • Have dinner at La Playita
  • Go sailing on Bacalar Lagoon
  • Watch the sunrise in Bacalar
  • Visit the Bacalar Cenotes
  • Eat vegan burgers at Mango y Chile
  • Take a photo at the Bacalar sign
  • Visit the Pirates Channel Shipwreck

FULL BLOG POST → AWESOME THINGS TO DO IN BACALAR

things to do in bacalar, what to do in bacalar, what to do in bacalar mexico, bacalar things to do, how to get to bacalar mexico, quintana roo bacalar, mexico bacalar, bacalar, laguna de bacalar, laguna bacalar, bacalar chetumal, tour bacalar, cenote azul bacalar, donde esta bacalar, bacalar lagoon, lake bacalar, cenote bacalar, best hotels in bacalar, where to stay in bacalar, bacalar map, bacalar lake, magic bacalar, tours bacalar, bacalar cenote, bacalar laguna, bacalar sailing

BEST TOUR IN BACALAR

Bacalar Lagoon Sightseeing Boat Tour with Open Bar and Snacks

The best trip you can join is the Bacalar Lagoon Sightseeing Boat Tour with Open Bar !

It includes hotel transfers, the boat ride, unlimited drinks and fruits, and a fun guide!

WHERE TO STAY IN BACALAR

Bacalar has hundreds of accommodations to choose from so I have narrowed it down to a few of the best places to stay to suit the needs of luxury travelers and budget backpackers.

Luxury: Hotel Makaabá Eco-Boutique

Hotel Makaaba Eco Boutique

Mid Range: Hotel & Suites Oasis

bacalar hotel and suites e1577644521836

Budget: Yaxche Centro Hostal

480018 13091519520015350983

For More Options In Bacalar, Search On Booking.com

Day 19, 20, 21 & 22: tulum.

Next up on this Mexico backpacking itinerary is Tulum!

Full of tropical beaches, amazing cenotes, Mayan ruins, and vibrant nightlife, it’s no wonder everyone seems to be flocking to Tulum as it’s one of the must-see places to include in your Mexico backpacker route!

THINGS TO DO IN TULUM

There are many things to do in Tulum that you could easily spend weeks or even months here!

See the list below of Epic Things To Do In Tulum:  

  • Swim at Playa Paraiso
  • Visit the Tulum Ruins
  • Take a photo of the bent palm tree
  • Visit Grand Cenote
  • Watch the sunrise at Sunrise Beach
  • Clan Destino Bar & Cenote
  • Mirador Tulum Beach
  • Raw Love art installation
  • ‘Follow That Dream’ sign
  • Discover El Cenote Encantado

FULL BLOG POST → EPIC THINGS TO DO IN TULUM

things to do in tulum, what to do in tulum, things to do in tulum mexico, tulum things to do, tulum activities, what to do in tulum mexico, tulum travel, tulum what to do, best things to do in tulum, tulum travel guide, tulum beach, how to get to tulum, tulum blog, best time to visit tulum

BEST TOUR IN TULUM

Magical Cenote and Paradise Lagoon Snorkeling Adventure

The best trip you can join in Tulum is the Magical Cenote and Paradise Lagoon Snorkeling Tour !

It includes hotel transfers, snorkeling gear, bottled water, and a fun guide to share the day with!

WHERE TO STAY IN TULUM

Tulum has hundreds of accommodations to choose from so I have narrowed it down to a few of the best places to stay to suit the needs of luxury travelers and budget backpackers.

See the list of accommodations below that I personally recommend in Tulum during your one month in Mexico trip.

Luxury: The Beach Tulum

540305 13111510300017520802

Mid Range: Playa Esperanza Hotel

hotel playa esperanza e1578252065479

Budget: Che Tulum Hostel & Bar

TULUM e1608629032558

For More Options In Tulum, Search On Booking.com

Day 23 & 24: valladolid.

The small charming town of Valladolid is another one of my favorite places to visit in Mexico!

Widely known for its colorful street scenes, colonial architecture, and phenomenal Cenotes, Valladolid is totally worth exploring! 

Oh and I forgot to mention, Valladolid was declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1998. So yeah, another great reason to check this place out!

THINGS TO DO IN VALLADOLID

During your visit, I recommend doing these few things to make the most of your experience in Valladolid:

  • Explore the town on foot
  • Visit the Valladolid Cenotes
  • Discover the Chichen Itza ruins

valladolid

BEST TOUR IN VALLADOLID

Chichen itza tours, best chichen itza tour, chichen itza and cenote tour, chichen itza tickets, chichen itza sunrise tour, chichen itza self guided tour, chichen itza day trip, chichen itza tours from playa del carmen, chichen itza tours from tulum, chichen itza tours from riviera maya, chichen itza tours from cancun, chichen itza tour

The best trip you can join in Valladolid is the Chichen Itza and Izamal Tour With Cenotes !

It includes hotel transfers, lunch and bottled water, the entrance to the cenote, and a fun guide!

VALLADOLID CENOTES

If you don’t know what a Cenote is, it’s basically a natural sinkhole filled with fresh groundwater which is typically a vibrant blue or crystalline color due to the surrounding limestone rocks. Pretty awesome right?!

Not sure what to wear when spending 1 month in Mexico? Check out this Mexico Packing List for some outfit inspo!

The 4 Best Cenotes in Valladolid that you absolutely must see are:

  • Ik Kil Cenote
  • Suytun Cenote
  • Cenote Oxman
  • Cenote Zaci

Click on the links above to see detailed guides on each of these Valladolid Cenotes including where to find them, how much they cost, and what to expect!

ik kil cenote, cenote ik kil, ik kil, cenote ik kil mexico, ik kil cenote tour, ik kil mexico, ik kil cenotes, ik kil cenote mexico, lk kil

CHICHEN ITZA TOURS

Chichen Itza is one of the most impressive and most preserved Mayan ruins in Mexico and it’s definitely not to be missed.

You can visit these incredible ruins near Valladolid either DIY or with a tour.

See below the Best Chichen Itza Tours and book online in advance.

WHERE TO STAY IN VALLADOLID

Valladolid has hundreds of accommodations to choose from so I have narrowed it down to a few of the best places to stay to suit the needs of luxury travelers and budget backpackers.

Luxury: Mayan Majesty Boutique Hotel

235608806

Mid Range: Hotel 41 Valladolid

Hotel 41 Valladolid

Budget: Hostal Tunich Naj

tunich e1608629168144

For More Options In Valladolid, Search On Booking.com

Day 25 & 26: cozumel island.

Cozumel Island is one of the best tropical island destinations in the country and a must-visit when backpacking Mexico.

Daily ferries depart Playa del Carmen bound for Cozumel Island and the journey takes around 45 minutes.

THINGS TO DO ON COZUMEL ISLAND

See the list below of 9 Fun Things To Do In Cozumel Island to help you plan your trip: 

  • Rent a Jeep and drive around the island
  • Cozumel snorkeling tour
  • Watch the sunrise at the beach
  • Check out Chen Rio Mirador
  • Beach hop on the east coast
  • ATV and Cenote adventure tour
  • Live music at Woody’s
  • Visit Punta Sur Eco-Park
  • Swim out to the Cozumel shipwreck

FULL BLOG POST → THINGS TO DO IN COZUMEL ISLAND

things to do in cozumel, what to do in cozumel, things to do in cozumel mexico, cozumel tours, cozumel things to do, cozumel activities, cozumel mexico things to do, cozumel attractions, cozumel beaches, best things to do in cozumel, cozumel snorkeling, best beaches in cozumel, cozumel jeep tour, best snorkeling in cozumel

BEST TOUR IN COZUMEL

Cozumel Snorkeling Tour

The best trip in Cozumel Island is the Snorkeling Tour to Palancar, Columbia and El Cielo Reefs !

It includes snorkeling gear, drinks and snacks, a stop at the famous reefs, and a fun guide!

WHERE TO STAY IN COZUMEL

Cozumel has hundreds of accommodations to choose from so I have narrowed it down to a few of the best places to stay to suit the needs of luxury travelers and budget backpackers.

Luxury: Fiesta Americana Cozumel All-Inclusive

5b4a8ef87eb1156546b0747b59a64aec

Mid Range:  Hotel Mary Carmen

Hotel Mary Carmen

Budget: Hostel Tropico 20º

135417938

For More Options In Cozumel, Search On Booking.com

Day 27 & 28: cancun.

Last but not least on this backpacking Mexico travel guide is Cancun, one of the most well-known destinations in Mexico and perhaps the entire world.

Cancun is most famous for its buzzing nightlife scene, pristine white sand beaches, and all-inclusive resorts. Safe to say that Cancun is an awesome place to spend your last couple of days!

I personally didn’t check out the town or book any activities in Cancun, I booked into an all-inclusive beach resort, put my feet up, and enjoyed the sun, the sand, and the ocean!

If you want to explore more of what Cancun has to offer, scroll down to see a list of recommended tours I suggest joining on your Mexico backpack route.

omni cancun 33

BEST TOUR IN CANCUN

Isla Mujeres Catamaran Tour with Snorkel Open bar and Transportation from hotel

The best trip in Cancun is the Isla Mujeres Catamaran Tour !

It includes the catamaran ride, open bar, snorkeling equipment, free time in Isla Mujeres, and a fun guide!

WHERE TO STAY IN CANCUN

Cancun has countless accommodations to choose from so I have narrowed it down to a few of the best places to stay to suit the needs of luxury travelers and budget backpackers.

See the list of accommodations below that I personally recommend in Cancun when backpacking through Mexico.

LUXURY: Kempinski Hotel Cancun

1cccf3769bef06f58ed081881003d0cd

MID RANGE: Hotel NYX Cancun

Hotel NYX Cancun

BUDGET: Hotel Casa Mallorca

176813077

For More Options In Cancun, Search On Booking.com

Things to know before backpacking mexico.

The currency in Mexico is the Mexican Peso (MXN) and the exchange rate is approximately $1 USD = 18 MXN.

Mexicans generally prefer to receive cash for goods rather than a credit or debit card payment.

For any online bookings such as tours, accommodations, or private shuttles, using your credit or debit card is acceptable.

There are plenty of ATMs in Mexico where you can easily withdraw cash.

To be on the safe side, I recommend purchasing a Hidden Money Belt to keep your cash out of sight.

things to do in tulum, what to do in tulum, things to do in tulum mexico, tulum things to do, tulum activities, what to do in tulum mexico, tulum travel, tulum what to do, best things to do in tulum, tulum travel guide, tulum beach, how to get to tulum, tulum blog, best time to visit tulum

WHAT TO PACK FOR MEXICO

When planning your Mexico 1 month itinerary, here is a list of items I highly recommend bringing with you.

Must-Have Travel Essentials

Hidden money wallet.

anti theft money belt

Keep your cash and other valuables safe with this anti-theft hidden money wallet!

Reusable Water Bottle

grayl geopress

The GRAYL GeoPress is the best reusable bottle that allows you to purify water from anywhere!

Travel Backpack

Nomatic 20L Bag

The Nomatic Travel Backpack has 20+ innovative features, perfect for everyday use!

Quick-Dry Travel Towel

travel towel

The most compact, lightweight, and quick-dry towel for traveling!

Portable PowerBank

anker powerbank

Keep your phone, laptop, and accessories charged while you’re on the go with the Anker PowerBank!

More Mexico Travel Guides

Click the button below to view all articles related to Mexico!

FINAL THOUGHTS – MEXICO ITINERARY

Having only done only a little bit of research before backpacking in Mexico, I can honestly say this incredible country exceeded expectations.

The epic landscapes, kind people, delicious food, and perfect weather were just some of the reasons that made this a trip to remember!

If you have any questions about this itinerary for a month in Mexico or want help with your Mexico itinerary 4 weeks, please leave me a comment below this post and I will get back to you as soon as I can.

For a quicker response, be sure to join Jonny Melon’s Travel Tribe on Facebook and post your questions or recommendations to our awesome community.

Fb Community Image

TRAVEL RESOURCES FOR YOUR NEXT TRIP

Whether you’re a seasoned traveler or it’s your first trip overseas, here are some useful travel resources to help you kick-start your next adventure!

bookingcom

Search and book accommodation worldwide.

logos 3

Compare and book cheap flights to anywhere.

logos 7

Find tickets, tours, and experiences around the world.

logos 14

Book buses, trains, and transfers online in advance.

discover cars

Search all rental cars in your next destination.

hey mondo

Need travel insurance for your next trip?

THANKS FOR READING

Hey friend, thanks for reading this Mexico backpacking itinerary 1 month!

Please know this post may contain affiliate links. When making a purchase through one of my links, I earn a small kickback at no extra cost to you and it’s a big help to keep the site up and running. Rest assured, I only promote products and services that I personally use and recommend.

Click here to find out how you can support the site organically .

Many thanks!

2 thoughts on “Backpacking Mexico – 4 Week Mexico Itinerary (2024)”

What would you estimate the cost to be depending on which route you take (mid range, luxury, budget)?

Hi Louie, I would suggest somewhere between $3000-$5000 for your one month in Mexico backpacking adventure.

Leave a comment Cancel reply

Notify me of follow-up comments via e-mail.

Plan Your Trip

Travel Guides

Destinations

Hotel Guides

Find Best Tours

Travel Gear

Travel Resources

How To Start A Blog

Photography Guides

Support the site

Follow On Socials

© 2024 Jonny Melon Adventure Travel Blog. All rights reserved.

Privacy Policy | Terms | Sitemap

IMAGES

  1. The Ultimate 1 Month Backpacking Thailand Itinerary & Guide

    best 1 month backpacking trips

  2. The Ultimate 1 Month Backpacking Thailand Itinerary And Route

    best 1 month backpacking trips

  3. What To Pack for a 1 month backpacking trip

    best 1 month backpacking trips

  4. Ideal 1 Month Middle East Itinerary

    best 1 month backpacking trips

  5. 4 epic ways to spend 1-month backpacking South America, each a

    best 1 month backpacking trips

  6. The Ultimate 1 Month Backpacking Thailand Itinerary & Guide in 2020

    best 1 month backpacking trips

VIDEO

  1. UNPACK WITH ME

  2. 11 Innovative Survival , Camping Gear You Didn't Know Existed On Amazon

  3. Backpacking! #Shorts #backpacking #travelling #travel #outdoors #adventure #backpacker #explorerlife

  4. puerto escondido vlog

  5. GoPro: Argentina 2017

  6. Minimalist Packing for Europe

COMMENTS

  1. The Great American Backpacking Bucket List: 33 Must-Do Treks

    Rocky Mountains. Pawnee And Buchanan Pass Loop: The premier backpacking trip in the Indian Peaks Wilderness. Devils Thumb + Kings Lake Loop: The best single night backpacking trip in the Indian Peaks Wilderness. Fancy Pass, Missouri Lakes Loop: Hike this popular loop in the Holy Cross Wilderness. Four Pass Loop: Colorado's most coveted ...

  2. America's Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips

    Two Hikes in Glacier National Park. Distance of each: 90-94 miles, with shorter variations Difficulty of each: 3. Backpackers hiking the Piegan Pass Trail in Glacier National Park. Click photo for my e-books to backpacking in Glacier and other parks.

  3. 11 Backpacking Trips in the U.S. That Should be on Your Bucket List

    Avoid hiking during the summer months as monsoon season occurs during this time and the slots can be dangerously hot. If you can't snag one of the permits, ... 1. 10 Best Backpacking Trips in Grand Canyon National Park. 2. 12 Epic Hiking Camps & Summer Backpacking Trips. 3.

  4. The ultimate backpacking bucket list

    The expert's ultimate backpacking bucket list. Backpacking is an exciting, budget-friendly way to travel that allows you to connect with local communities and the world around you. And the best part about backpacking is it's the most diverse way to travel! Warm or cold climates, islands or mountain tops, solo or part of a group; here are ...

  5. 25 Best Backpacking Trips in the World

    A hand-selected list of the top 25 backpacking trips in the world, from coastal hikes to mountain adventures. Includes trails in over 20 countries. NEW! Now hiking through Spain and France in the Pyrenees. ... September is one of the best months in the Long Range Mountains. Moderate temperatures, fewer bugs, and low precipitation create ideal ...

  6. Backpacking Routes around the World

    Big Australia Travel Itinerary. Time - 2-3 months | Budget - US$6000. Our Oz route features an exploration of the largest island on the planet which ranks up there with the very best backpacking trips. We visit the cities, beaches, rainforests and locate the best parties in one of the world's easiest and most popular countries to travel ...

  7. 15 Best Beginner Backpacking Trips in the U.S

    5. Havasupai Garden, Grand Canyon. Mileage: 15 miles roundtrip | Length: 3 days | Elevation Gain/Loss: 3,000 feet with a pack ( + 1.500 ft as a day hike) Okay, no backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon is exact beginner-friendly because of the nature of the terrain.

  8. 10 Best Backpacking Trips Around the World

    Tour du Mont Blanc, Switzerland, Italy, and France. If you dream of immersing yourself in the Alps, here's your chance. You'll cross international borders on foot as the Tour du Mont Blanc trail ...

  9. The COMPLETE Backpacking Europe Travel Guide

    Barcelona, Spain, 5. Nice, France, 6. Milan, Italy, 7. Florence, Italy, 8. Venice, Italy, 9. Florence, Italy, 10. Rome, Italy. One month is the ideal Europe backpacking trip for first-timers. You'll have time to explore a few countries and stay an extra few days in the places you fall in love with.

  10. Five Great Backpacking Europe Routes

    Budapest - 4 to 5 days in the Hungarian capital is a great way to kick off this Europe backpacking trip. Pécs - three nights is a great amount of time to explore this Hungarian city. Novi Sad - two or three nights is ideal to get to know the second-largest city in Serbia.

  11. Backpacking Europe: The Ultimate Guide

    If you love incredible landscapes, world-class ocean views, and fair prices, then Portugal is definitely one of the best places you'll want to visit while backpacking in Europe. ... Here are a few sample itineraries for a great 1-month backpacking trip through Eastern Europe: Croatia, Serbia, Albania, and Slovenia; Romania, Bulgaria, and Moldova;

  12. Colombia Itinerary: Ultimate Guide to 1 Month of Backpacking Colombia

    Colombia Itinerary: 4 Weeks Backpacking Colombia. Our itinerary focuses on the best places we visited during our one month backpacking Colombia: San Gil, Salento, Medellin, Minca, Parque Tayrona, and Cartagena. Plus Bogota and Santa Marta, which weren't our faves to visit but are necessary jumping-off points.

  13. Ultimate Eastern Europe Itinerary: 10 Days, 2-Weeks, 1-month

    Well, whether you want to spend 10 days, 2 weeks, or 1 month traveling around, here's my guide to the ultimate Eastern Europe itinerary! Psst. This post contains affiliate links. Read our disclosure. After spending two months backpacking Eastern Europe, it has become one of my favorite parts of the world!

  14. 1 Month in Europe: The Perfect Europe Itinerary

    This itinerary will take you to 11 countries: England, France, Spain, Italy, Austria, Hungary, Poland, the Czech Republic, Germany, the Netherlands, and Belgium. However, before we get to our Europe travel itinerary and the best things to do in Europe, we just wanted to remind you to purchase travel insurance.

  15. Backpacking Europe Routes: 4 Epic Itineraries!

    We've put together four Europe backpacking routes that appeal to different interests and types of travelers - the 'Grand Tour' of most commonly-visited places; a history buff's guide to Southern Europe, a budget guide to Eastern Europe and for those of you who just can't stop traveling, an epic around the continent route at the end!

  16. Backpacking USA Travel Guide

    Now for some of the best multi-day backpacking trips (and a whole lot of doobies!) make your way to Denver, Colorado for a serious dose of mountains, forests, and the devil's lettuce! Weed is fully legal in the state, and you can find every strain and edible you can imagine. ... 1+ Month USA Backpacking Itinerary: A Backpacker's Ideal Route ...

  17. The Perfect Itinerary for Backpacking Western Europe (2024 Update)

    Day 1: Touristy must-sees in the morning (e.g. Eiffel Tower), picnic at the Champs de Mars and general sightseeing along the Seine. Day 2: Paris walking tour to see the main sights and learn some history; visiting Paris' famous department stores and the Palais Garnier. Day 3: Day trip to Disneyland Paris.

  18. 4 Epic 1-Month South America Itineraries

    Perfect For... #1 The Gringo Trail. Ecuador, Peru and Bolivia. Backpackers on a mid-budget and who want to see the highlights of South America. #2 The Nature Lover. Chile & Argentina. Backpackers with a high budget who love hiking and want to see the best of Patagonia. #3 The Inca Trail. Peru, Bolivia and North Argentina.

  19. Backpacking South America: 7 Epic Itineraries for One Week to One Month

    Day 1-4: Start in Bogotá. Colombia's capital is a diverse, vibrant city filled with bright colours and a dark history. Explore the street art, old buildings, great coffee, and surprising array of brilliant restaurants in Bogota, while the world-class Museo del Oro (Gold Museum) can't be missed.

  20. One Month Backpacking Italy Itinerary for Solo Travelers

    One Week Backpacking Italy Itinerary Milan (2 nights) Our one-month backpacking journey across Italy begins in Milan, a world-renowned art and fashion capital of the world, home to some of the most iconic monuments and landmarks in Italy from the incredible artwork of famous artists like Leonardo da Vinci to all the historical churches and architectures that have stood the test of time for ...

  21. Backpacking South America Travel Guide (TRAVEL TIPS

    1.Rio de Janiero, 2.Ilha Grande, 3.Paraty, 4.São Paolo, 5.Curitiba, 6.Balneario Camboriu, 7.Florianópolis. With 1 month, you can make an epic backpacking South America itinerary. If you want to explore more than one country in South America, you're gonna need more than 3 weeks.

  22. Central America Backpacking Route: 1 Month Itinerary (2024)

    1 Month Central America Backpacking Route. Now let's dive into our 1 month backpacking Central America travel route. Here we'll take a look at each country, the best things to do in each as well as our recommended accommodation options. Guatemala (6 Days)

  23. Backpacking Mexico

    Here is a quick overview of how to spend 4 Weeks In Mexico: Mexico City - 3 days. Oaxaca - 2 days. Puerto Escondido - 3 days. Tuxtla Gutiérrez - 2 days. San Cristobal De Las Casas - 3 days. Comitan - 2 days. Bacalar - 3 days. Tulum - 4 days.